QNAP

VS-8224 Pro+ - Video recorder QNAP - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free VS-8224 Pro+ QNAP in PDF.

📄 387 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - page 2
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type Network Video Recorder (NVR)
Model VS-8224 Pro+
Brand QNAP
Video Channels 24 channels
Recording Resolution Up to 4K (3840x2160) at 30 fps per channel
Compression Formats H.265, H.264, MJPEG
Storage Capacity 8 x 3.5-inch SATA HDD/SSD bays, up to 128 TB raw
RAID Support RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, JBOD
Dimensions (H x W x D) 3.5 x 19.0 x 21.0 inches (2U rackmount)
Weight Approximately 22 lbs (10 kg) without drives
Power Supply 100-240V AC, 50/60 Hz, 250W redundant
Power Consumption Typical 120W, max 180W
Network Interfaces 2 x Gigabit Ethernet, optional 10GbE
Operating System QNAP QTS or QVR Pro
HDMI Output 1 x HDMI 2.0, 1 x VGA
Audio Support Line in/out, support for audio recording
USB Ports 4 x USB 3.0, 2 x USB 2.0
Cooling 2 x 8cm quiet fans
Operating Temperature 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing
Maintenance Clean with dry cloth; avoid liquids; ensure ventilation
Safety Certifications CE, FCC, VCCI, BSMI
Spare Parts Availability Power supply units, fan modules, drive trays available
Repairability Field-replaceable units; user-replaceable HDDs and fans

Frequently Asked Questions - VS-8224 Pro+ QNAP

How many cameras can the QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ support?
The VS-8224 Pro+ supports up to 24 channels of IP cameras, depending on resolution and frame rate.
What is the maximum storage capacity?
With 8 drive bays, the maximum raw storage is 128 TB using 16 TB HDDs. RAID configurations reduce usable capacity.
Does it support 4K recording?
Yes, it supports recording up to 4K resolution (3840x2160) at 30 fps per channel with H.265 compression.
Can I use both H.264 and H.265 cameras?
Yes, the NVR supports mixed compression formats including H.265, H.264, and MJPEG simultaneously.
How do I access the recorder remotely?
Remote access is available via the QNAP QVR Pro client or web interface through the local network or internet after proper port forwarding.
Is RAID supported?
Yes, it supports RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, and JBOD for data redundancy or performance.
What are the physical dimensions?
The unit is a standard 2U rackmount size: 3.5 inches high, 19 inches wide, and 21 inches deep.
How do I clean and maintain the device?
Use a dry, lint-free cloth to clean the exterior. Ensure proper ventilation and avoid liquids. Replace fan filters if equipped.
Are spare parts available?
Yes, common spare parts like power supplies, fan modules, and drive trays are available from QNAP or authorized resellers.
What is the warranty period?
Typically 2 to 3 years depending on region. Extended warranty options may be available.

User questions about VS-8224 Pro+ QNAP

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Video recorder in PDF format for free! Find your manual VS-8224 Pro+ - QNAP and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. VS-8224 Pro+ by QNAP.

USER MANUAL VS-8224 Pro+ QNAP

© 2015. QNAP Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Thank you for choosing QNAP products! This user manual provides detailed instrucons of using the product. Please read carefully and start to enjoy the powerful funcons of the product!

● The VioStor NVR is hereaer referred to as the VioStor or the NVR.
- This user manual provides the descripon of all the funcons of the VioStor NVR. The product you purchased may not support certain funcons dedicated to specific models.
- This user manual (version 5.1.0) is applicable for the QVR version 5.1.0 only. If the VioStor NVR is running an older rmware version, please refer to the previous versions of the user manuals.

All the features, funconality, and other product specicaons are subject to change without prior noce or obligaon. Informaon contained herein is subject to change without noce.

QNAP and the QNAP logo are trademarks of QNAP Systems, Inc. All other brands and product names referred to are trademarks of their respective holders. Further, the ^® or ^™ symbols are not used in the text.

LIMITED WARRANTY

In no event shall the liability of QNAP Systems, Inc. (QNAP) exceed the price paid for the product from direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential soware, or its documentaon. QNAP makes no warranty or representaon, expressed, implied, or statutory, with respect to its products or the contents or use of this documentaon and all accompanying soware, and specifically disclaims its quality, performance, merchantability, or tness for any parcular purpose. QNAP reserves the right to revise or update its products, soware, or documentaon without obligaon to nofy any individual or enty.

CAUTION

  1. Back up the system periodically to avoid any potential data loss. QNAP disclaims any responsibility of all sorts of data loss or recovery.
  2. Should you return any components of the product package for refund or maintenance, make sure they are carefully packed for shipping. Any form of damages due to improper packaging will not be compensated.

Important Noce

  • Reading instrucons Read the safety warnings and user manual carefully before using this product.
    ● Power supply
  • This product can only be used with the power supply provided by the manufacturer.
  • Service

Please contact qualified technicians for any technical enquires. Do not repair this product by yourself to avoid any voltage danger and other risks caused by opening this product cover.

- Warning

To avoid re or electric shock, do not use this product in rain or humid environments. Do not place any objects on this product.

Regulatory Noce

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Regulatory Noce - 1

FCC STATEMENT

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protecon against harmful interference in a residential installaon. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instrucons, may cause harmful interference to radio communicaons. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in particular installaon. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television recepon, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separaon between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.

The changes or modicaons not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

Shielded interface cables, if any, must be used in order to comply with the emission limits.

CE CE NOTICE

Class B only.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents ....5

Safety Warning....11

Chapter 1. Introducon....12

1.1 Overview....12

1.2 Hardware Illustraon .... 13

1.2.1 VS-12164/12156/12148/12140U-RP Pro+ 13

1.2.2 VS-12164/12156/12148/12140U-RP Pro 14

1.2.3 VS-8148/8140/8132/8124U-RP Pro+....15

1.2.4 VS-8148/8140/8132/8124U-RP Pro....16

1.2.5 VS-8148/8140/8132/8124 Pro+....17

1.2.6 VS-6120/6116/6112 Pro+ 18

1.2.7 VS-6020/6016/6012 Pro 19

1.2.8 VS-4116/4112/4108U-RP Pro+....20

1.2.9 VS-4016/4012/4008U-RP Pro 21

1.2.10 VS-4116/4112/4108 Pro+ 22

1.2.11 VS-4016/4012/4008 Pro 23

1.2.12 VS-2212/2208/2204 Pro+ 24

1.2.13 VS-2112/2108/2104 Pro+ 25

1.2.14 VS-2012/2008/2004 Pro 26

1.2.15 VS-S2212/S2208/S2204 Pro+....27

1.2.16 VS-2108/2104L 28

Chapter 2. Install the NVR ...... 29

2.1 Personal Computer Requirements....29

2.2 Browse CD-ROM....32

2.3 Hard Disk Drives Compatibility List....33

2.4 IP Cameras Compatibility List....33

2.5 Check System Status 34

2.6 System Conguraon....37

Chapter 3. Use the NVR by Local Display ....40

3.1 Quick Conguraon (Manual Setup or Quick Setup)......43

3.1.1 Quick Setup....43

3.1.2 Manual Setup....45

3.2 Surveillance Sengs....48

3.3 Monitoring 51

3.4 Video Playback....63

3.5 Video Conversion & Export......66

Chapter 4. QVR Basics and Desktop....68

4.1 Introducing QVR....68

4.2 Connect to the NVR 69

4.3 Using the QVR Desktop 70

Chapter 5. Remote Monitoring ....82

5.1 Monitoring Page....83

5.1.1 Live Video Window....91

5.1.2 Display Mode 93

5.1.3 PTZ Camera Control Panel 93

5.1.4 Mul-server Monitoring 95

5.1.5 Monitor Setngs 96

5.1.6 Instant Playback....99

5.1.7 Same-screen IP Camera Conguraons....100

5.1.8 Auto Cruising....101

5.1.9 Qdewarp ....104

5.1.10 ROI (Region of Interest)....106

5.2 E-map 107

5.2.1 Icons and Descripon....108

5.2.2 Add a Map Set or an E-map....109

5.2.3 Edit a Map Name ......111

5.2.4 Delete a Map Set or an E-map....111

5.2.5 Indicate IP Cameras on an E-map 112

5.2.6 Enable/Disable Event Alert 115

5.3 Remote Monitoring from the QNAP QVR Client for Windows......118

Chapter 6. Play Video Files....119

6.1 Playback Page....120

6.1.1 Play Video Files from NVR 124

6.1.2 Intelligent Video Analycs (IVA) 126

6.1.3 Export NVR Videos....131

6.1.4 Export Video Files with Digital Watermark 133

6.1.5 Enable Recording Video Files....134

6.1.6 Average Time-Divided Playback....135

6.2 Play Video Files in the QNAP QVR Client for Windows 136

6.3 Watermark Proof....137

6.4 Access the Recording Data....139

6.4.1 Microso Networking (SMB/CIFS)....139

6.4.2 FTP Server (FTP)....139

Chapter 7. Surveillance Sengs....141

7.1 Camera Sengs 141

7.1.1 Camera Overview....141
7.1.2 Camera Conguraon....141

User Defined Multi-stream 151

Smart Recording 154

Edge Recording 158

7.1.3 Flexible Channel Mode 162
7.1.4 Event Management....164
Traditional Mode 164
Advanced Mode....168

7.2 System Setngs....186

7.2.1 Advanced Seng 186
7.2.2 Flexible Channel Mode Seng....187
7.1.3 Privilege Sengs....189
7.1.4 Protocol Management....190

7.3 Surveillance Logs....191

7.3.1 Surveillance Logs....191

7.4 Push Service....192
7.5 Recovery Management....192
7.6 License Management....195

7.6.1 License Acvaon 195
Online Activation....195
Offline Activation....198
7.6.2 License Deacvaon 202
Online Deactivation....202
Offline Deactivation 205

7.7 On-line Users List (Only for Upgrade from Previous Version) 209

8. Backup & Expansion....210

8.1 External Backup....210
8.2 One Touch Video Backup 218
8.3 Remote Replicaon....221
8.4 Storage Expansion....225

9. Control Panel....231

9.1 System Setngs 231

9.1.1 General Sengs....231

System Administration 231

Time....231

9.1.2 Storage Manager....233

Volume Management....233

RAID 0....234

2-drive models or above....234

RAID Management....237

Hard Disk S.M.A.R.T 253

9.1.3 Network 254

TCP/IP 254

DDNS Service 262

9.1.4 Security 263

Security Level 263

Certificate & Private Key....263

9.1.5 Hardware 265

General....265

Buzzer....267

Smart Fan....268

9.1.6 Power....269

Power Recovery....269

9.1.7 Nocaon 270

E-mail 270

SMS SMSC Settings....271

9.1.8 Firmware Update 272

Live Update 272

Firmware Update 273

9.1.9 Backup/Restore....275

Backup/Restore Settings 275

Restore to Factory Default....276

9.1.10 External Device 277

External Storage....277

UPS....284

9.1.11 System Status....289

System Information....289

Network Status....289

Hardware Information....289

Resource Monitor 290

9.1.12 System Logs....293

Recording Statistics 293

System Connection Logs 293

Online Users 294

9.2 Privilege Sengs....296

9.3 Network Services 298

9.3.1 Win....298

9.3.2 FTP 300

FTP Service 300

Advanced 302

  1. QNAP Applicaons....303

10.1 myQNAPcloud Service....303

10.1.1 Remote Access Services 303

myQNAPcloud wizard....303

Manage and configure your myQNAPcloud account 308

Access NVR services via the myQNAPcloud website....312

Auto Router Configuration 313

My DDNS....315

Cloud Portal 316

10.1.2 Cloud Services....320

Create your own Amazon S3 account....320

Create Remote Replication Job on Amazon S3 321

10.2 File Staon 327

10.3 App Center 332

  1. QNAP Surveillance Central Management (QSCM Lite)....335

11.1 Introducon....335

11.2 Install QSCM Lite to NVR Server....335

11.2.1 App Center 335

11.2.2 How to Install QSCM Lite to NVR Server....335

Online installation....335

Offline installation....339

11.2.3 Installaon Reminders and Suggesons 343

11.3 Use QSCM Lite on NVR Client PC 343

11.3.1 How to use QSCM Lite on NVR client PC ....343

11.3.2 Usability Reminder and Suggesons....347

11.3.3 QSCM Lite Client Specification....347

11.4 Comparison between VioStor CMS & QSCM Lite 347

  1. Qstart 349

12.1 Introducon 349

12.2 Before Using Qstart....349

12.3 System Inialization....349

12.4 Qstart Mode....352

12.5 Network Switch Control (Embedded) 355

12.5.1 Topology: 355
12.5.2 Switch Control Chart: 356
12.5.3 Event Nocaons: 357
12.5.4 Compatibility List: 358

  1. LCD Panel 359

  2. Troubleshoong....365

Appendix A Conguration Examples....368

Technical Support....373

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE 374

Safety Warning

  1. This product can operate normally in the temperature of 0^ C– 40^ C and relave humidity of 0%–90%. Please make sure the environment is well-venlated.
  2. The power cord and devices connected to this product must provide correct supply voltage.
  3. Do not place this product in direct sunlight or near chemicals. Make sure the temperature and humidity of the environment are in optimized level.
  4. Unplug the power cord and all connected cables before cleaning. Wipe this product with a wet towel. Do not use chemical or aerosol to clean this product.
  5. Do not place any objects on this product for the server's normal operaon and to avoid overheat.
  6. Use the at head screws in the product package to lock the hard disks in this product when installing hard disks for proper operaon.
  7. Do not place this product near any liquid.
  8. Do not place this product on any uneven surface to avoid falling off and damage.
  9. Make sure the voltage is correct in your locaon when using this product. If you are not sure about the voltage, please contact the distributor or the local power supply company.
  10. Do not place any object on the power cord.
  11. Do not attempt to repair this product in any occasions. Improper disassembly of the product may expose you to electric shock or other risks. For any enquiries, please contact the distributor.
  12. The chassis models should only be installed in the server room and maintained by the authorized server manager or IT administrator. The server room is locked by key or keycard access and only cered sta is allowed to enter the server room.

Warning:

  • Danger of explosion if baery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used baeries according to the manufacturer's instrucons.
  • Do NOT touch the fan inside the system to avoid serious injuries.

Chapter 1. Introduction

1.1 Overview

The QNAP VioStor NVR (hereaer referred to as the NVR or the VioStor) is the high performance network surveillance soluon for network-based monitoring of IP cameras, video recording, playback, and remote data access. Up to 128 channels from mulple QNAP NVR servers can be monitored simultaneously. The NVR supports IP-based cameras and video servers from numerous brands, for more informaon please visit

hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/pro_compatibility_camera.asp.

The NVR supports video recording in H.264, MPEG-4, MJPEG, or MxPEG video compression. The NVR oers diversified display modes and recording features, e.g. scheduled recording, alarm recording, smart recording. The NVR also supports data search by date and me, meline, event, and intelligent video analytics (IVA), including moon detecon, missing object, foreign object, out of focus, and camera occlusion. All of these funcons can be congured by using your web browser.

The VioStor Pro(+) Series NVR is the world's rst Linux-based NVR capable of truly PC-less quick conguraon, monitoring of IP cameras on the network, and video playback via the HDMI or VGA connector. The NVR can be operated by connecng to a high-denion (HD) VGA monitor or TV, and a USB mouse, USB keyboard (oponal), and a USB sound card (oponal).

* The MxPEG video compression feature is not supported by VS-2008L, VS-2004L VS-1004L.

1.2 Hardware Illustration

1.2.1 VS - 12164 / 12156 / 12148 / 12140U-RP Pro+

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Hardware Illustration - 1

natural_image Front view of a rack-mounted server rack with multiple drive bays and indicator lights (no visible text or labels)

Diagram of a server rack with labeled ports and connectors, showing internal network topology

1 Power Buon
3 eSATA x 2 (Reserved)
4 Gigabit LAN x 4
5 USB 2.0 x 4
6 USB 3.0 x 2
7 Expansion Slot x 2 (Reserved)
8 VGA
9 Password & Network Sengs Reset Buon
10 Power Connector x 2
11. HDMI

2 LED Indicators: 10 GbE, Status, LAN, eSATA (Reserved)

1.2.2 VS - 12164 / 12156 / 12148 / 12140U-RP Pro

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Hardware Illustration - 3

natural_image Front view of a rack-mounted server rack with multiple drive bays and indicator lights (no visible text or labels)

Diagram of a server rack with numbered ports and internal connections, likely for system architecture or network management.

  1. Power buon
  2. LED indicators: 10 GbE, Status, LAN, eSATA Select buon(Reserved)
  3. VGA
  4. Expansion slot x 1 (reserved)
  5. Gigabit LAN x 4
  6. USB 3.0 x 2
  7. USB 2.0 x 4
  8. Password & network sengs reset buon
  9. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  10. Power connector x 2

1.2.3 VS - 8148 / 8140 / 8132 / 8124U-RP Pro+

UioStar 1 2 3 4 7 12 5 6 8 13 9 10 11

  1. Enter Buon
  2. Power Buon
  3. Select Buon
  4. LED Indicators: 10 GbE, Status, LAN, eSATA (Reserved)
  5. eSATA x 2 (Reserved)
  6. USB 2.0 x 4
  7. Gigabit LAN x 4
  8. USB 3.0 x 2
  9. VGA
  10. Password & Network Sengs Reset Buon
  11. Power Connector x 2
  12. Expansion Slot x 2 (Reserved)
  13. HDMI

1.2.4 VS - 8148 / 8140 / 8132 / 8124U-RP Pro

UioSter US-E1080-R7PY-0 119.25+180.18PE 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 9 10 11 12

  1. Enter buon
  2. Power buon
  3. Select buon
  4. LED indicators: 10 GbE, Status, LAN, eSATA(Reserved)
  5. VGA
  6. Expansion slot x 2 (reserved)
  7. Gigabit LAN x 2
  8. USB 3.0 x 2
  9. USB 2.0 x 4
  10. Password & network sengs reset buon
  11. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  12. Power connector x 2

1.2.5 VS - 8148 / 8140 / 8132 / 8124 Pro+

7 6 5 14 12 11 10 9 8 4 3 2 1 13 18 19 17 16 15

  1. USB 3.0
  2. One-touch -video-backup buon
  3. Power buon
  4. Hard drive LEDs
  5. Select buon
  6. Enter buon
  7. LED indicators: Status, LAN, USB, eSATA (Reserved), 10 GbE
  8. Tray lock
  9. Release buon
  10. Power connector
  11. Expansion slot
  12. Kensington security slot
  13. VGA
  14. HDMI
  15. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  16. Gigabit LAN x 2
  17. USB 2.0 x 4
  18. USB 3.0
  19. Password & network sengs reset buon

1.2.6 VS - 6120 / 6116 / 6112 Pro+

UniStar 3 4 1 2 6 5

Diagram of a computer drive rear panel with numbered labels pointing to ports and indicators

  1. One-touch -video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED indicators: Status, LAN, USB, Power, HDD1-6
  4. Power buon
  5. Select buon
  6. Enter buon
  7. Power connector
  8. K-Lock Security Slot
  9. Gigabit LAN x 2
  10. Audio In/Out
  11. Password & Network Sengs Reset Buon
  12. USB 3.0 × 2
  13. USB 2.0 x 4
  14. HDMI

1.2.7 VS - 6020 / 6016 / 6012 Pro

UioStar 1 2 4 3 5 6

7 10 8 13 12 11 9

  1. One-touch -video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED indicators: Status, LAN, USB, eSATA(Reserved), HDD1-6
  4. Power buon
  5. Select buon
  6. Enter buon
  7. Power connector
  8. Gigabit LAN x 2
  9. USB 2.0 x 4
  10. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  11. VGA
  12. Password & network sengs reset buon
  13. Kensington security slot

1.2.8 VS - 4116 / 4112 / 4108U-RP Pro+
UteStar 1 2 3 4 11 10 7 5 14 13 12 9 8 6

  1. USB 2.0
  2. One-touch -video-backup buon
  3. LED indicators: USB, Status, HDD1-4, LAN
  4. Power buon
  5. Power connector
  6. HDMI
  7. Gigabit LAN x 2
  8. USB 3.0 x 2
  9. USB 2.0 x 2
  10. DI/DO
  11. RS-485 (reserved)
  12. Password & network sengs reset buon
  13. Audio In/Out
  14. RS-232 (reserved)

1.2.9 VS - 4016 / 4012 / 4008U-RP Pro
UloStar 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

  1. One-touch -video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED indicators: Status, LAN, USB, eSATA(Reserved), HDD1-4
  4. Power buon
  5. Power connector
  6. Gigabit LAN x 2
  7. USB 2.0 x 4
  8. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  9. VGA
  10. Password & network sengs reset buon

1.2.10 VS-4116/4112/4108 Pro+

UiaStar 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

  1. One-touch -video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED indicators: Status, LAN, USB, HDD1-4
  4. Power buon
  5. Select buon
  6. Enter buon
  7. Power connector
  8. K-Lock Security Slot
  9. Gigabit LAN x 2
  10. Audio In/Out
  11. Password & network sengs reset buon
  12. USB 3.0 x 2
  13. USB 2.0 × 4
  14. HDMI

1.2.11 VS-4016/4012/4008 Pro

UioStar US-4008 Series 169.254.100.100 6 5 3 7 8 10 4 1 2 9 12 11 13

  1. One-touch-video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED indicators: Status, LAN, USB, eSATA(Reserved), HDD1-4
  4. Power buon
  5. Select buon
  6. Enter buon
  7. Power connector
  8. Gigabit LAN x 2
  9. USB 2.0 x 4
  10. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  11. VGA
  12. Password & network sengs reset buon
  13. Kensington security slot

1.2.12 VS-2212/2208/2204 Pro+

UioStor 3 HD01 HD02 LAN 4 1 2 9 10 11 12 6 7 5 13

  1. One-touch-video-backup buon
  2. USB 3.0
  3. LED Indicators: LAN, HDD1, HDD2
  4. Power Buon
  5. Power Connector
  6. Gigabit LAN x 2
  7. USB 3.0 x 2
  8. Password & Network Sengs Reset Buon
  9. K-Lock Security Slot
  10. Mic Input/ audio output
  11. HDMI 1
  12. HDMI 2 (reserved)
  13. Alarm input/ output (reserved)

1.2.13 VS-2112/2108/2104 Pro+

UioStor LUN MODE HOLD 3 4 1 2

Diagram of a computer tower rear panel with numbered labels pointing to ports and connectors

  1. One-touch-video-backup buon
  2. USB 3.0
  3. LED Indicators: LAN, HDD1, HDD2
  4. Power Buon
  5. Power Connector
  6. Gigabit LAN x 2
  7. USB 2.0 x 4
  8. Password & Network Sengs Reset Buon
  9. K-Lock Security Slot
  10. Audio In/Out
  11. HDMI

1.2.14 VS - 2012 / 2008 / 2004 Pro

UioStor 3 4 1 2

Labeled diagram of a computer tower rear panel showing ports, connectors, and ventilation slots with numbered annotations

  1. One-touch -video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED indicators: HDD1, HDD2, LAN, eSATA (Reserved)
  4. Power buon
  5. Power connector
  6. Gigabit LAN x 2
  7. USB 2.0 x 2
  8. eSATA x 2 (reserved)
  9. VGA
  10. Password & network sengs reset buon
  11. Kensington security slot

1.2.15 VS - S2212 / S2208 / S2204 Pro +

Diagram of a device rear panel with numbered labels pointing to ports and components

  1. LED indicators: Status, LAN, HDD1, HDD2, USB (Backup)
  2. Power buon
  3. One-touch -video-backup buon
  4. USB 3.0 x 2
  5. Password & network sengs reset buon
  6. Mic Input/ audio output
  7. USB 3.0
  8. Gigabit LAN x 2
  9. HDMI
  10. Power connector
  11. K-Lock Security Slot

1.2.16 VS-2108/2104L

1 2 3 4 VDATA HSD1 PRDX2 LMX POWER

Labeled diagram of a server rack with numbered components for identification

  1. One-touch-auto-video-backup buon
  2. USB 2.0
  3. LED Indicators: USB, status, HDD1, HDD2, LAN, power
  4. Power buon
  5. Power connector
  6. Gigabit LAN
  7. USB 3.0 x 2
  8. Password & network sengs reset buon
  9. K-Lock security slot
  10. Power cord hook

Chapter 2. Install the NVR

For the informaon of hardware installaon, see the 'Quick Installaon Guide' (QIG) in the product package. The QIG can also be found in the product CD-ROM or QNAP website (hp://www.qnapsecurity.com).

2.1 Personal Computer Requirements

For beer system performance, the computer should at least full the following requirements:

No. of ChannelsFormatCPUOthers
4H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGDual core CPU, 2.0GHz or above● Operaon system: Microso Windows 8, 7 Professional● Memory: 8GB or above● Graphics Processor: NVIDIA® GeForce® 7600 GT or ATI™ RadeonTM X800 XT or beer● Network port: 100Mbps Ethernet port or above● Web browser: Google Chrome 38.0.2125.104 m, Microso Internet Explorer 10/11 (desktop mode,
M-JPEGIntel Penum 4 CPU, 2.4GHz or above
8H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGDual core CPU, 2.4GHz or above
M-JPEGIntel Penum 4 CPU, 2.8GHz or above
12H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGDual core CPU, 2.8GHz or above
M-JPEGIntel Penum 4 CPU, 3.0GHz or above
16H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGQuad core CPU, 2.33GHz or above
M-JPEGDual core CPU, 2.4GHz or above
20H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGQuad core CPU, 2.6GHz or above
M-JPEGDual core CPU,2.6GHz or above
32-bit), Mozilla Firefox 33.0CD-ROM drive or Internet DownloadRecommended resoluon: 1280 x 720 pixels or above
40H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGCore i7 CPU 2.8GHz or above
M-JPEGQuad core CPU 2.33GHz or above
More than 48H.264/MPEG-4/MxPEGCore i7 CPU 3.4GHz or above
M-JPEGQuad core CPU 3.0GHz or above

Security Sengs of the Web Browser

Please make sure the security level of the IE browser in Internet Opons is set to Medium or lower.

Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings. Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Internet This zone contains all Web sites you haven't placed in other zones Security level for this zone Custom Custom settings. - To change the settings, click Cus - To use the recommended setting Custom Level... OK Security Settings Settings: .NET Framework-reliant components Run components not signed with Authenticode Disable Enable Prompt Run components signed with Authenticode Disable Enable Prompt ActiveX controls and plug-ins Automatic prompting for ActiveX controls Disable Enable Reset custom settings Reset to: Medium Reset OK Cancel

Add your NVR's IP address to the list of Trusted sites.

Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings. Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Trusted sites This zone contains Web sites that you trust not to damage your computer or data. Sites... Trusted sites You can add and remove Web sites from this zone. All Web sites in this zone will use the zone's security settings. Add this Web site to the zone: http://10.11.11.11/ Add Web sites: Remove Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone OK Cancel =>

2.2 Browse CD-ROM

Run the product CD-ROM on a Windows PC to access the Quick Start Guide and user manual, and install the QNAP QVR Client, codec and soware ulies Qnder.

Browse the CD-ROM and access the following contents:

  • Codec: The codec for playing AVI videos recorded by the NVR via Windows Media Player.
    ● Manual: The user manuals of the NVR.
  • Qnder: The setup program of QNAP Qnder. This tool is used to discover the NVR servers available on the local network and congregate the network sengs of the NVR.
  • QIG: View the hardware installaon instrucons of the NVR.
  • QVR: The setup program for the QNAP QVR Client, an applicaon to see the live view and play videos recorded by the NVR. If you were unable to install the QNAP QVR Client when connecng to the monitoring/playback page of the NVR, install the plug-in from the CD-ROM.
  • Tool: This folder contains IPP library and monitor plug-in. If you failed to install the AcveX plug-in when connecng to the monitoring page of the NVR by an IE browser, install the plug-in from the CD-ROM.

2.3 Hard Disk Drives Compatibility List

This product works with 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch SATA hard disk drives from popular hard disk brands. For the hard disk compatibility list, please visit http://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product_x_grade/.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Hard Disk Drives Compatibility List - 1

QNAP disclaims any responsibility for product damage/malfuncon or data loss/recovery due to misuse or improper installaon of hard disks in any occasions for any reasons.

2.4 IP Cameras Compatibility List

For the informaon of supported IP camera models, please visit hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product_z_g_qvr/cat_intro.php?hf=0.

2.5 Check System Status

LED Display & System Status Overview

LEDColorLED StatusDescripon
System StatusRed/GreenFlashes green and red alternately every 0.5 sec1. A hard drive on the NVR is being formaed2. The NVR is being inialized3. The system rmware is being updated4. RAID rebuilding is in process5. Online RAID Capacity Expansion is in process6. Online RAID Level Migraon is in process
Red1. A hard drive is invalid2. The disk volume has reached its full capacity3. The disk volume is going to be full4. The system fan is out of funcon5. An error occurs when accessing (read/write) the disk data6. A bad sector is detected on the hard drive7. The NVR is in degraded read-only mode (2 member drives fail in RAID 5 or 3 member drives fail in RAID 6 conguraon, the disk data can sll be read)8. (Hardware self-test error)
Flashes red every 0.5 secThe NVR is in degraded mode (one member drive fails in RAID 1, RAID 5 or two member drives fail in RAID 6 conguraon)
Flashes green every 0.5 sec1. The NVR is starng up2. The NVR is not congured3. A hard drive is not formaed
GreenThe NVR is ready
LANOrangeOrangeThe NVR is connected to the network
Flashes orangeThe NVR is being accessed from the network
10 GbE*Green(Reserved)
HDD (Hard Drive)Red/GreenFlashes redThe hard drive data is being accessed and a read/write error occurs during the process
RedA hard drive read/write error occurs
Flashes greenThe hard drive data is being accessed
GreenThe hard drive can be accessed
USBBlueFlashes blue every 0.5 sec1. A USB device is detected2. A USB device is being removed from the NVR3. The USB device connected to the front USB port of the NVR is being accessed4. The NVR data is being copied to the external USB device
BlueThe USB device connected to the front USB port of the NVR is ready
O1. No USB is detected2. The NVR has nished copying the data to the USB device connected to the front USB port of the NVR
eSATAOrangeFlashes(Reserved)

*The 10 GbE network expansion funcon is reserved.

Buzzer (can be disabled in 'System Sengs' > 'Hardware' > 'Buzzer')

Beep soundNo. of TimesDescripon
Short beep (0.5 sec)1The NVR is starng upThe NVR is being shut down (soware shutdown)The reset buon is pressedThe system rmware has been updated
Short beep (0.5 sec)3The NVR data cannot be copied to the external device by pressing the one-touch-auto-video-backup buon.
Short beep (0.5 sec), long beep (1.5 sec)3, every 5 minThe system fan is out of funcon
Long beep (1.5 sec)2The disk volume is going to be fullThe disk volume has reached its full capacityThe hard drives on the NVR are in degraded modeHard disk rebuilding process starts
1The NVR is turned o by force shutdown (hardware shutdown)The NVR has been turned on successfully and is ready

2.6 System Configuration

Install Qnder

  1. Run the product CD, the following menu is shown. Click 'Install Qfinder'.

You can also download it from: hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product/app_page.php

  1. Follow the instrucons to install the Finder. Upon successful installaon, run the Finder. If the Finder is blocked by the rewall, unblock it.
  2. The Finder detects the NVR servers on the local network. If the server has not been initialized, you will be prompted to perform quick setup. Click 'Yes' to connue.

Note: If the NVR is not found, click 'Refresh' to try again.

  1. Enter the administrator name and password to perform quick setup. The default administrator name and password are as below:

User name: admin

Password: admin

Note: Make sure all the IP cameras are congured and connected to the network.

Quick Setup

  1. The quick setup page will be shown. Click 'Manual Setup' and follow the instrucons to nish the conguraon.

ONAP V9-6120Pro+ English+ Welcome Thank you for Business ONAP Service M4. Please click "Manual Setup" helps to start installation. The installation amount should be about 50-51 minutes, depending on the use of your best design. Auto: Microsoft and Microsoft in the Office M4. Ensure that already touch to best design installed. Manual Setup Copyright © ONAP Services, Inc. All rights reserved.

  1. Click 'Apply' to execute the quick setup.

ONAP VS-6 (20Prc) logbook - NAME / PASSWORD DATE / TIME NETWORK DECK SUMMARY SUMMARY NAME / PASSWORD Shift Name: Altex 01.25 Username: admin Password: Unchanged DATE / TIME Proxy Name: [GMT+184.00] Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Shuang Time: Same as the computer/Device Time NETWORK Network: Obits an SF address automatically OK Apply Finish

Add IP Cameras

Please follow the steps below to add IP cameras.

  1. Go to Surveillance Sengs

Please login to the NVR as an administrator and click the Surveillance Sengs

shortcut on the QVR desktop.

  1. Go to [Camera Conguraon] -> [Camera Sengs].

  2. Click to add an IP camera.

Add Add a camera This wizard guides you through the following settings: • Camera Configuration • Recording Settings • Schedule Settings ✓ Search camera(s) automatically Step 1/6 Next Cancel

  1. Follow the steps to add the camera.

Add Confirm Settings Please confirm the following information Channel: Channel 2 Camera Brand: Axis Camera Model: Axis P3367 Camera Name: Camera 2 IP Address/Port: 10.11.1-23/80 Recording: Enabled Multi-stream Profile: System configured Enable manual recording: Disabled Enable auto snapshot: Disabled Step 5/6 Back Next Cancel

Live View

  1. Click the Monitor shortcut on the QVR desktop to go to monitoring page.
  2. If it is your rst me connecng to the NVR monitoring page, you will need to install the add-on.
  3. The live video from the IP cameras congured on the NVR and the recording status of each channel are shown.

Chapter 3. Use the NVR by Local Display

Note: This feature is supported by the VioStor Pro(+) Series NVR only. The models include VS-12164U-RP Pro(+), VS-12156U-RP Pro(+), VS-12148U-RP Pro(+), VS-12140U-RP Pro(+), VS-8148U-RP Pro(+), VS-8140U-RP Pro(+), VS-8132U-RP Pro(+), VS-8124U-RP Pro(+), VS-8148 Pro+, VS-8140 Pro+, VS-8132 Pro+, VS-8124 Pro+, VS-6120 Pro+, VS-6116 Pro+, VS-6112 Pro+, VS-6020 Pro, VS-6016 Pro, VS-6012 Pro, VS-4116U-RP Pro+, VS-4112U-RP Pro+, VS-4108U-RP Pro+, VS-4016U-RP Pro, VS-4012U-RP Pro, VS-4008U-RP Pro, VS-4116 Pro+, VS-4112 Pro+, VS-4108 Pro+, VS-4016 Pro, VS-4012 Pro, VS-4008 Pro, VS-2212 Pro+, VS-2208 Pro+, VS-2204 Pro+, VS-2112 Pro+, VS-2108 Pro+, VS-2104 Pro+, VS-2012 Pro, VS-2008 Pro, VS-2004 Pro, VS-S2212 Pro+, VS-S2208 Pro+, and VS-S2204 Pro+.

Connect a monitor or TV to the NVR via the HDMI or VGA interface to perform PC-less quick conguraon, monitoring, and video playback. To use this feature, follow the steps below:

  1. Make sure at least one hard drive has been installed on the NVR.
  2. Connect the NVR to the network.
  3. Make sure the IP cameras have been congured and connected to the network.
  4. Connect an HDMI or a VGA monitor or TV (suggested video output resolution: 1920 x 1080)* to the HDMI or VGA interface of the NVR.
  5. Connect a USB mouse and a USB keyboard (oponal) to the USB ports of the NVR.
  6. Turn on the NVR.
    *All Pro+ series support HDMI interface now.

UiOStor NVR Network Video Recorder The system is starting up. Please wait...

When the NVR is turned on, the login screen will be shown. Select the language. Enter the administrator name and password. If the NVR has not been congured, skip the login page and enter Quick Conguraon (refer to Chapter 3.1).

Default user name: admin

Default password: admin

QNAP VS-2212 Pro+ English Welcome Thank you for choosing ONAP Visitor NVR. Please click 'Manual Setup' below to start installation. The installation process should take about 10-15 minutes depending on the size of your hard drives. Note: Website installation is for ViaStor NVR servers that already have hard drive installed. Manual Setup Quick Setup

English ▼

Click to select the display language. If a USB keyboard is connected,

click to choose the keyboard layout. Click the keyboard icon to enter the necessary informaon if a USB keyboard is not available.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Chapter 3. Use the NVR by Local Display - 3

Enter value: a b c d e f g h i 1 2 3 j k l m n o p q r 4 5 6 s t u v w x y z 7 8 9 SPACE 0 . / Cancel Done

The monitoring page will be shown upon successful login, refer to Chapter 3.3 for details.

3.1 Quick Configuration (Manual Setup or Quick Setup)

If the NVR has not been congured, Quick Conguraon Wizard will be shown.

Follow the instrucons of the wizard to complete the system setup.

Note: All the changes will be eecve only aer applying the sengs in the last step.

3.1.1 Quick Setup

  1. In the Quick Setup page, the system will search for cameras

ONAP VS-2212 Pro+ Quick Setup Please review the following settings and click "Process" to continue. Don't verify. You can modify these settings later on the NVR administration page NVR Name: NVRE50290 Username: admin Password: ******** (Default password - admin) IP Address: IDHCP Time Zone: (GMT+08:00) Taipei Date / Time: 2015/06/02-11:36:43 Disk Configuration: Single (Found + Disk Total Storage Capacity 3.73 TB) Bad Block Sqn: No Searching for cameras... Tip You may click on the above tests to change the settings. Here you can add/remove camera or add their settings

  1. Aer searching for cameras, a list of discovered cameras will be displayed

Camera Configuration 1 Axis - M1011(W) - 172.17:32.49 - 00:40.8cad:1f.5e Note : 1. The maximum number of recording channels on this model is: 12 2. Adjust the order by dragging & dropping channels. 3. You can refresh the search results. Confirm

  1. You can now check that all of the NVR and Camera sengs t your needs.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Quick Setup - 3

Quick Setup

Please review the following settings and click "Proceed" to continue. Don't worry! You can modify these settings later on the NVR administration page

NVR Name: NVRE50290

Username: admin

Password: ***** ( Default password : admin)

IP Address: (DHCP)

Time Zone: (GMT+08:00) Taipei

Date / Time: 2015/06/02 11:36:43

Disk Configuration: Single (Found 1 Disks, Total Storage Capacity: 3.73 TB)

Bad Block Scan: No

StatusCIP AddressNameBrandModelAction
1172.17.32.49CameraAxisM1011(W)

Tip

You may click on the above texts to change the settings.

Here you can add/remove cameras or edit their settings.

  1. To start the setup process, click "Proceed".

3.1.2 Manual Setup

Follow these procedures to setup the NVR.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Manual Setup - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["NAME / PASSWORD"] --> B["DATE / TIME"]
    B --> C["NETWORK"]
    C --> D["DISK"]
    D --> E["SUMMARY"]

1) Enter the NVR name and administrator password.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Manual Setup - 2

Enter the NVR name and administrator password

NVR Name: NVRE50290

Username: admin

Password:

Confirm Password

(Default password: admin)

Show password

Tip

Enter a unique name for the NVR in order to identify it quickly. The NVR name supports up to 14 characters which may include alphabets (A-Z and a-z), numbers (0-9) and dash (-). Space and period () are not allowed

2) Set the me zone, date and me.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Manual Setup - 3

Set the date and time

Time Zone (GMT+08:00) Taipei

Date / Time

c Input Manually

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Manual Setup - 4

- Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically

NTP Server: pool.ntp.org Test

Tip

Enable "Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically" to synchronize the server time with the specified NTP server.

3) Congure the network sengs.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Manual Setup - 5

Configure the network settings

Obtain an IP address automatically (DHCP)
c Use static IP address

IP Address: 172 . 17 . 32 . 148 Subnet Mask: 255 . 255 . 254 . 0 Default Gateway: 172 . 17 . 32 . 1 Primary DNS Server: 10 . 8 . 2 . 11 Secondary DNS Server: 172 . 16 . 2 . 11

Tip

The default gateway IP is "0.0.0". Enter a correct DNS server IP if the NVR is configured with a static IP. Otherwise, the NVR may fail to synchronize with the NTP server or send alert emails.

4) Select the disk conguraon.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - 4) Select the disk conguraon. - 1

Select the disk configuration

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Select the disk configuration - 1

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Select the disk configuration - 2

SlotDisk RoleModelCapacity
1Member diskWDC WD40PURX-64GVN-3726.02 GB

Total available storage capacity: 3726.02 GB

File System EXT4

Bad Block Scan

Tip

After selecting the disk configuration and proceeding to the next step, please do NOT remove or install any hard drive(s).

5) In the Summary, you can conrm your sengs and click "Apply" to nish.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Select the disk configuration - 3

SUMMARY

NAME / PASSWORD

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - SUMMARY - 1

NVR Name: NVRE60290

Username: admin

Password: Unchanged

DATE / TIME

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - SUMMARY - 2

Time Zone: (GMT+08:00) Taipei

Time: Synchronize with the NTP server: pool.ntp.org

NETWORK

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - SUMMARY - 3

Network: Obtain an IP address automatically

DISK

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - SUMMARY - 4

Disk Configuration: Single, EXT4

3.2 Surveillance Settings

To manage the surveillance sengs such as administrator password, network and me sengs, click on the monitoring screen. Note that this buon (opon) will be shown for administrator access only.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 1

natural_image Four-panel collage showing scenes: a man operating a self-service kiosk, emergency medical personnel loading equipment, a factory production line with water bottles, and a truck on an airway (no visible text or symbols)

Select the language and click the icons to conjure the sengs.

Surveillance Control Panel Surveillance Settings File Station Backup & Expansion QSCM Lite 12:06 Wednesday, June 10 ... QVR VS-2104Pro+

圖示說明
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 3Main Menu
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 4Back to Monitor
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 5Control Panel
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 6Surveillance Sengs
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 7File Staon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 8Recording Backup and Storage Expansion
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 9Background Tasks
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 10External Devices
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 11Nocaon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 12Opons
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 13Search
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 14Help
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Surveillance Settings - 15Desktop Preferences

3.3 Monitoring

Upon successful login, the monitoring screen will be shown. Monitor the IP cameras, change the display mode, enable or disable manual recording, control the PTZ cameras, and so on.

Select monitoring mode Camera list View video image and IP camera info PTZ camera control panel

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 2Monitor:Enter the monitoring page.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 3Playback:Enter the playback page.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 4Surveillance Sengs:Enter the surveillance sengs page; allows admin access only.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 5Hide le panel:Hide the panel on the le of the monitoring page.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 6Show le panel:Show the panel on the le of the monitoring page.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 7Opons:Congure the event nocaon sengs, video window display sengs, screen resoluon, etc.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 8CPU Status:Display system CPU usage
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 9Hard drives Status:Display hard drive usage
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 10About:View the server name, NVR model, and rmware version.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 11Logout:Logout the NVR.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 12Manual recording:Enable or disable recording on the IP camera. The administrator can select to enable or disable this funcon in ‘Camera Sengs’ > ‘Recording Sengs’ on the web-based administraon interface.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 13Audio (oponal):Turn on or o the audio support for the monitoring page.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 14Microphone (oponal):Toggle microphone support for the monitoring page

Event Nocaon

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring - 15Event nocaon:When the alarm recording is enabled and an event is detected, this icon will be shown. Click this icon to view the alert details.The alert sound can be turned on or o. To clear all the logs, click ‘Clear All’.

The system event logs are shown in this dialog. Click 'Clear' to delete a log; or click 'Clear All' to delete all logs.

TypeCameraDate & TimeLog
Alarm02010-09-01 11:36:14Logical input TB* is triggered
Alarm02010-09-01 10:55:23Logical input TB* is triggered
Alarm02010-09-01 10:35:42Logical input ó is triggered
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:32Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:30Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:29Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:27Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:26Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:23Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:21Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:19Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:18Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:15Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:13Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:11Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:09Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.
Alarm12010-09-01 09:33:06Event(s) Triggered on Camera 1.

□ Alert sound

Clear All

Close

PTZ Control Panel

The term 'PTZ' stands for 'Pan/Tilt/Zoom'. If the IP camera supports PTZ, use the control panel on the NVR to adjust the viewing angle of the IP camera. These funcons are available depending on the camera models. Please consult the camera's documentaon for details. Note that the digital zoom funcon will be disabled when the PTZ funcon is in use.

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Control Panel - 1Pan and lt:If the PTZ camera supports pan and lt funcons, click these buons to pan or lt the camera.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Control Panel - 2Preset posions:Select the preset posions of the PTZ camera.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Control Panel - 3Zoom out/Zoom in:If the PTZ camera supports zooming, click these buons to zoom in or zoom out.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Control Panel - 4Digital zoom:Select a channel and click this buon to enable the digital zoom funcon. When enabled, click ‘+’ to zoom in or ‘-’ to zoom out.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Control Panel - 5Focus control:Adjust the focus control of the PTZ camera.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Control Panel - 6System informaon:Display system me & date informaon

Display Mode

The NVR supports various display modes for monitoring. Click the correct icon to switch the display mode.

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 1Full screen
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 2Single-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 32-channel mode (click the downwards arrow to choose another 2-channel mode)
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 43-channel mode (click the downwards arrow to choose another 3-channel mode)
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 54-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 66-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 78-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 89-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 910-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 1012-channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 114x4, 5x4, 5x5, 6x5, 8x4, 6x6 channel mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 12Select the display page number
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 13Sequential mode. This mode can be used with other display modes.Click to enable or disable sequential mode. Click to denote the me interval of which the channels will be displayed.There are 9 me interval types you can choose: 3 seconds, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 60 seconds, 120 seconds, 150 seconds, 300 seconds.

Live View Screen

Upon successful conguraon of the IP cameras, enter the monitoring screen to view the live video from the cameras.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Live View Screen - 1

natural_image Exterior view of a large industrial building with surrounding roads and vehicles, labeled 'Engineering Hamcam' in the top-left corner.

If the camera supports pan and It funcons, click the channel on the screen and adjust the viewing angle with a mouse. If zooming is supported, scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in or zoom out the video. These funcons are available depending on the camera models. Please consult the camera's documentaon for details.

Camera Status

The camera status is indicated by the icons shown below:

IconCamera Status
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Camera Status - 1Scheduled or connuous recording is in process
This IP camera supports audio funcon
This IP camera supports PTZ funcon
Manual recording is enabled
The recording triggered by advanced event management ('Camera Sengs' > 'Alarm Sengs' > 'Advanced Mode') is in process
The alarm input 1 of the IP camera is triggered
The alarm input 2 of the IP camera is triggered
The alarm input 3 of the IP camera is triggered
Moon detecon recording is in process
Digital zoom is enabled

Connecon Message

If the NVR fails to display the video from an IP camera, a message will be shown in the channel window to indicate the status.

MessageDescripon
ConnecngIf the IP camera is located on remote network or the Internet, it may take some me to establish a conneccon to the camera.
DisconnectedThe NVR cannot connect to the IP camera. Please check the network conneccon of the computer and the availability of the IP camera. If the IP camera is installed on the Internet, open the port on the router or gateway to connect to the IP camera. Please refer to Appendix A.
No PermissionYou do not have access rights to view this channel. Please login as a user with access rights or contact the system administrator.
Server ErrorCheck the camera sengs or update the rmware of the IP camera (if any). Contact technical support if the error persists.

Please note:

  1. Enabling or disabling manual recording will not affect scheduled or alarm recording tasks. They are independent processes.

  2. Right click on the IP camera channel and select the following opons:

A. Full screen
B. Keep aspect rao
C. Deinterlace (available on parcular camera models only)
D. Keep original size
E. Dewarp sheye images

Right click on the channel and enable the funcon. Aer that, you can select the Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Panorama (Full View), Panorama (Dual View), and Rectangle.

Remark 1: If the selected mount type is Wall then only Panorama (Full View) and Rectangle are supported in Dewarping mode.

Remark 2: If the selected Dewarping mode is Rectangle, you can use the PTZ control panel to operate PTZ funcons (excluding digital zoom).

F. Dewarp panomorph images: for the specic camera models with panomorph lens Before using this feature, you need to select the 'Enable panomorph support' opon in the recording sengs page. Right click on the channel

and enable the funcon. Aer that, you can select the Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Perimeter mode, Quad mode, and PTZ mode.

Remark 1: To see a list of camera models that support panomorph lenses, please visit hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/qa/con_show.php?op=showone&cid=128.

Remark 2: This funcon is only available when the resoluon of the video stream is higher than 640x480 on the monitoring page.

Remark 3: If Dewarping mode is in PTZ mode, then in the channel, you can use the PTZ control panel or mouse (by holding down the mouse le buon, and then moving the mouse or turning the mouse wheel) to change viewing angles or to zoom in/out of the screen. If the Dewarping mode is in Quad mode, the above methods can also be applied to operate PTZ funcons in each divided screen.

Opons

To congure advanced monitor sengs, click .

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Opons - 1

The following opons are listed under the 'General' tab.

Event Nocaon:

√ When ‘Enable alert for all surveillance events’ opon is enabled and a

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Opons - 2

surveillance event is triggered, the alert icon will be instantly shown on the monitoring page. Click the icon to view the alert details.

√ Aer enabling ‘Issue nocaon when the disk reaches maximum operaon me set below’ in System Tools -> Hard Disk SMART, you can then ‘Enable alert for disk error and warning’ to receive alarm nocaons if hard drive events occur.

● System Status Nocaon:

√ Display CPU status: will display the CPU status as seen below

Screenshot of a software toolbar with icons and numeric labels, highlighting the number 12 in red.

√ Display HDD status: will display the hard drive status as seen below

Screenshot of a software toolbar with icons and labels, including play, zoom, and zoom controls

- Display Order: Click ‘Reset’ to repriorize the monitoring channels to default.

General Video Screen Event Notification ✓ Enable alert for all surveillance events ☐ Enable alert for disk error and warning System Status Notification ☐ Display CPU status ☐ Display hard drive status Display Order Reset Reset the display order of the monitoring channels. OK Cancel

The following opons are provided under the 'Video' tab.

● Highlight the video window when an event is triggered: The video window will ash if an event is triggered.
- Display unauthorized channels: Select this opon to show channels that the user does not have the access rights to.
- Display uncongured channels: Select this opon to show uncongured channels.

General Video Screen Video Windows Highlight video window when an event is triggered Display unauthorized channels Display unconfigured channels OK Cancel

The NVR automacally detects the resoluon sengs supported by the connected monitor and will use the opmum sengs. To change the screen resoluon, click 'Sengs' under the 'Screen' tab. Aer conguring the resoluon sengs, the monitoring screen will be shown.

General Video Screen Screen Resolution Settings To change the screen resolution, you will leave the current screen. Click "Settings" to proceed. After configuring the resolution settings, you will enter the monitoring screen. OK Cancel

If the monitor model cannot be detected, the NVR will provide resolution opons of 1920x1080, 1400x1050, 1280x1024, and 1024x768.

UiOStar NVR Network Video Recorder Monitor model: iH4251A The resolutions supported by the monitor are shown below. Screen resolution: 1600x1080 Screen refresh rate: 60 Hz OK Cancel

3.4 Video Playback

The videos on the NVR can be played using the local display. To use this feature, click on the monitoring screen. Most of the icons on the playback screen are the same as those on the monitoring screen. Please refer to Chapter 3.2 for the icon descripon.

Note: The playback access rights to the IP cameras are required to play the videos. Login to the NVR as the admin and edit the playback access rights in 'User Management' using the web-based administraon interface.

When the playback screen is shown, select a camera channel on the NVR. Next, select the start and end me of the video and click to start searching. The videos that match the search criteria will be played automacally.

All cameras Camera 2012/12/14 Camera 32 Camera 33 Camera 34 Camera 35 Camera 36 Camera 37 Camera 38 Camera 39 Camera 40 Camera 41 Camera 42 Camera 43 Camera 44 Camera 45 Camera 46 Camera 47 Camera 48 Camera 49 Camera 50 Camera 51 Camera 52 Camera 53 Camera 54 Camera 55 Camera 56 Camera 57 Camera 58 Camera 59 Camera 60 Camera 61 Camera 62 Camera 63 Camera 64 Camera 65 Camera 66 Camera 67 Camera 68 Camera 69 Camera 70 Camera 71 Camera 72 Camera 73 Camera 74 Camera 75 Camera 76 Camera 77 Camera 78 Camera 79 Camera 80 Camera 81 Camera 82 Camera 83 Camera 84 Camera 85 Camera 86 Camera 87 Camera 88 Camera 89 Camera 90 Camera 91 Camera 92 Camera 93 Camera 94 Camera 95 Camera 96 Camera 97 Camera 98 Camera 99 Camera 100 No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings No Settings

Note: The number of days between the start and end dates must be less than or equal to 2.

Playback Sengs:

UiStar 44.11 83.28 14 Product name 56

Play, pause, stop, reverse play a video le, or select to play the previous or next le. When playing a video, use the scroll bar to adjust the playback speed or click on the digital zoom icon to zoom in/out the video.

Right click on the IP camera channel to select the following opons:

  1. Full screen
  2. Keep aspect rao
  3. Deinterlace (available on parcular camera models only)
  4. Keep original size

Full Screen Keep aspect ratio Deinterlace ✓ Keep original size

  1. Dewarp sheye images

Right click on the channel and enable the funcon. Aer that, you can select the Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Panorama (Full View), Panorama (Dual View), and Rectangle.

Remark 1: If the Mount type is Wall, only Panorama (Full View), and Rectangle are supported in Dewarping mode.

Remark 2: If Dewarping mode is Rectangle, you can use the PTZ control panel to operate PTZ funcons (excluding digital zoom).

  1. Dewarp panomorph images: for the specific camera models with panomorph lens

Before using this feature, you need to select the 'Enable panomorph support' opon in the recording sengs page. Right click on the channel and enable the funcon. Aer that, you can select the Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Perimeter mode, Quad

mode, and PTZ mode.

Remark 1: To discover what camera models can be installed with panomorph lenses, please visit

hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/qa/con_show.php?op=showone&cid=128.

Remark 2: The funcon is only available when the video stream resoluon is higher than 640x480 on the monitoring page.

Remark 3: If Dewarping mode is in PTZ mode, for the channel, you can use the PTZ control panel or mouse (by holding down the mouse le buon, and then moving the mouse or turning the mouse wheel) to change viewing angles or zooming in/out the screen. If Dewarping mode is in Quad mode, the above methods can also be applied to operate PTZ funcons in each divided screen.

3.5 Video Conversion & Export

The NVR supports converng video les to AVI format and saving the les to an external USB storage device.

Note:

  • To use this feature, connect a USB storage device to the front USB port of the NVR and ensure the device has been correctly formed.
  • Access rights to play the IP camera videos are required to convert the video les.

Follow the below steps to export IP camera video les from the NVR and convert the les to an AVI le.

  1. Enter the playback interface of the NVR. Select a camera channel on the NVR.

Click (Convert to AVI le).

  1. Select the IP camera.
  2. Specify the start and end mes of the video les.
  3. Select the export format.

Standard AVI le: Convert recording les to standard AVI le. More me is needed to export, but no additional codecs are required.

Optimized QNAP AVI le: Convert les using an enhanced QNAP codec. Less me is needed to export, but the QNAP codec is required.

QNAP Encrypted AVTI le: Protect the le with password protecon and encrypon

Export to: USB Drive Camera: Camera 2 From: 2014/07/16 00:00 To: 2014/07/16 11:03 Export format: QNAP Encrypted AVI file Standard AVI file Password: Optimized QNAP AVI file QNAP Encrypted AVI file Total / Free size: -- Folder: Camera-2_07-16-00-00-07-16-11-03 OK Cancel

  1. Enter the le name of the video le.
  2. Click 'OK' to convert the video les to an AVI le and save them to the external USB storage device.

Chapter 4. QVR Basics and Desktop

4.1 Introducing QVR

Built on a Linux foundaon, the QVR, QNAP VioStor Recording system has been designed around an optimized kernel to deliver high-performance services sasfying your needs in live view, recording, playback and more.

The intuitive, mul-window and mul-tasking QVR GUI makes it incredibly easy to manage your VioStor NVR, ulize its rich surveillance applicaons, and install a rich set of applicaons in the App Center on demand to expand your VioStor NVR experience.

QNAP VioStor NVR has many professional features for remote monitoring, recording, and surveillance tasks under diverse environments but also funcons with great simplicity. The QNAP VioStor NVR allows users to choose suitable network cameras for various situations. Businesses can enjoy high exibility in deploying their ideal surveillance solutions with the broad-ranged oerings of compatible IP cameras.

QNAP VioStor NVR also oers:

  • An intuitive GUI with mul-window, mul-tasking, and mul-applicaon support
    ● Real-time monitoring and recording (video/audio) from mulple IP cameras
    ● Cross plaorm surveillance center
  • Mul-server monitoring (up to 128 channels)
  • Interacve control buons
  • Instant playback
    ● Same-screen IP camera conguraons
    ● Playback and speed control with shule bar
    ● Preview videos with thumbnails
    ● Intelligent video analytics (IVA)
  • Digital watermarking
    ● Live monitoring, playback on Android and iOS mobile devices with Vmobile
    ● Advanced event management

● Real-me SMS and email alert
● Install-on-demand applicaons via the App Center

4.2 Connect to the NVR

Follow the below steps to connect to the monitoring page of the NVR.

  1. Run the Qfinder. Double click the name of the NVR, or enter the IP address of the server in your web browser to connect to the monitoring page.
  2. Enter the user name and password to login the NVR.
    Default user name: admin
    Default password: admin

  3. To view the live video in your web browser, please add the NVR IP address to your list of trusted sites. When accessing the NVR via Internet Explorer, you will be prompted to install the AcveX add-on.

  4. To view the live video with Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox or by using the QNAP QVR Client on Windows PC, please visit hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/download.asp to download and install the QNAP QVR Client for Windows rst.

  5. To view the live video on Mac, please visit hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/download.asp to download and install the QNAP QVR Client for Mac.

4.3 Using the QVR Desktop

Aer you nish the basic NVR setup and login to the NVR, the following desktop will appear. Each main desktop feature is introduced in the following seconds.

Main Menu Show Desktop Go to Monitoring Page Go to Playback Page Toolbar Nocaon 11:22 Tuesday, April 15 Control Panel Surveillance Settings File Station myQNAPlusout Backup & Expansion App Center Personal Sengs Newman Update Desktop Area Next Desktop Dashboard QVR VS-4116UPro+

Toolbar

Click to show the Main Menu. It includes three parts: 1) QNAP applicaons; 2)

system features and sengs. Items under "APPLICATIONS" are developed by QNAP to enhance your NVR experience. Items under "SYSTEMS" are key system features designed to manage or optimize your NVR. These applicaons can add funconalies to the NVR (for their introducon, please refer to their descripon at the App Center.) Click the icon from the menu to launch the selected applicaon.

Show Desktop

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Show Desktop - 1

Click to minimize or restore all open windows and

show the desktop.

Monitor page

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitor page - 1

Click to enter monitor page

Playback page

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback page - 1

Click to enter playback page

Background Task

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Background Task - 1

Click to review and control all tasks running in the background (such as HDD

SMART scanning.)

Background Tasks Testing HDD SMART Disk1 10%

External Devices

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - External Devices - 1

Click to list all external devices that are connected to the NVR via its USB ports.

Click the device listed to open the File Staon for that device. Click the "External Device" header to open the External Device page for relevant sengs and operaons

(for details on the File Staon, please refer to the chapter on File Staon.) Click to eject the external device.

External Device USB 2.0 Device StoreJet Transcend USBDisk1 : 698.63 GB USB 2.0 Device PI-288 USB 2.0 Drive USBDisk2 : 465.76 GB

Nocaon and Alerts

Click to check for recent system errors and warning nocaons. Click “Clear All” to clear all entries from the list. To review all the historical event nocaons, click the “Event Nocaons” header to open the System Logs. For more details regarding System Logs, please refer to the chapter on System Logs.

Event Notifications Show All Error Warning Clear All

Personal Seng

admin

Admin Control: Click to customize your user specific sengs, change your user password, restart/shut down the NVR or log out your user account.

Last login time: 2013/05/13 20:21 Options Change Password Restart Shutdown Logout About

  1. Opons():

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - admin - 2

Options

A. Prole: Specify your user email address.

Options Profile Wallpaper Change Password Miscellaneous Username: admin E-mail: E-mail Apply

B. Wallpaper: Change the default wallpaper or upload your own wallpaper.

Options Profile Wallpaper Change Password Miscellaneous Select the default wallpaper. Apply

C. Change Password: Change your login password.

Options Profile Wallpaper Change Password Miscellaneous To change your password, please fill out the form below: Old password: New password: Verify new password: Apply

D. Miscellaneous:
Options Profile Wallpaper Change Password Miscellaneous ✓ Warn me when leaving QVR ✓ Reopen windows when logging back into QVR ✓ Show the Dashboard button ✓ Show the NVR time on the desktop Desktop Shortcut Reset desktop shortcuts to default settings. Reset Apply

- Warn me when leaving QVR: Check this opon, and users will be prompted for conrmaon each me they leave the QVR Desktop

(such as clicking the back icon () in the browser or

close the browser (☐). It is recommended to check this opon.

● Reopen windows when logging back into QVR: Check this opon, and

all the current desktop sengs (such as the "windows opened before your logout") will be kept aer you login the NVR the next me.

● Show the desktop switching buon: Check this opon to hide the next

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - admin - 7

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - admin - 8

desktop buon ( ) and last desktop buon ( ) and only

display them when you move your mouse cursor close to the buons.

● Show the Dashboard buon: If you would like to hide the Dashboard

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - admin - 9

buon ( ) at the boom right side of the NVR Desktop,

uncheck this opon.

● Show the NVR me on the desktop: If you prefer not to show the NVR me at boom le side of the desktop, uncheck this opon.

- Change Password: Click to change your

login password.

  1. Restart: Click to restart your NVR.

  2. Shutdown: Click to shut down your NVR.

  3. Logout: Click to log yourself out.

  4. About: Click to check the NVR model details

including, rmware version, HDDs already installed and available (empty) bays.

Click and enter a feature-specific keyword in the search box to search for the desired funcon and its corresponding online help. Click the result in the search box to launch the funcon or open its online QVR help.

Search Power Settings Power UPS Settings External Device QTS Help Power UPS Settings

Online Resource

Click to display a list of online references, including the Quick Start Guide, QVR Help, Tutorials, and QNAP Forum. Customer Service is available here.

Quick Start QVR Help Tutorials QNAP Forum Customer Service

Language

Click to choose your preferred language for the UI.

Auto Detect English 简体中文 繁體中文 Czech Dansk Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 한글 Norsk Polski Русский Suomi Svenska Nederlands Turk dili Português Magyar فارسی

Desktop Preferences

Click to choose the applicaon icon displaying style and select your preferred applicaon opening mode on the desktop. Applicaon icons can be switched

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Desktop Preferences - 1

natural_image App icon with grid and diamond shapes on blue background (no text or symbols)

between small thumbnails ( ) and detailed thumbnails

App Center Provide a variety of applications to enrich your NVR functionality () and applicants can be

window mode.

For the tab mode, the window will be opened to t the enre NVR Desktop and only one applicaon window can be displayed at once, while in the window mode, the applicaon window can be resized and reshaped to a desirable style. Please note: if you login the NVR using a mobile device, only the tab mode is available.

Desktop Area

You can remove or arrange all applicaons on the desktop, or drag one applicaon

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Desktop Area - 1

icon over the top of another to put them in the same folder

Next Desktop and Last Desktop

Click the next desktop buon ( ) (right side of the current desktop) or the last desktop buon ( ) (le side of the current desktop) to switch between desktops. The posion of the desktop is indicated by the three dots at boom of the desktop

Dashboard

All important system and HDD stascs can be reviewed on the QVR Dashboard.

System Health Good Uptime 0 day(s) 04:25:51 HDD Health Good x1 No errors were detected Resource Monitor 17% 19% LAN 2 52 KB/s 0 KB/s CPU RAM Hardware System 30°C/86°F ✓ CPU 43°C/109°F ✓ Fan 5882 RPM ✓ Scheduled Tasks All Jobs Last 24 hours Online Users (5) admin 00 : 01 : 00 10.8.14.111 admin 00 : 01 : 33 10.8.14.110 admin 00 : 00 : 23 10.11.15.16 admin 00 : 00 : 39 10.11.10.44 Storage Single Disk: Drive 1 Ready Used:395.78 GB Available:1.42 TB

  • System Health: The status of the NVR system is indicated in this secon. Click the header to open the "System Status" page.
  • HDD Health: The status of the HDDs currently installed in the NVR will be shown in here. X1 means that only one HDD is currently installed in the NVR. For mulple HDDs installed in the NVR, the status indicated is only for the HDD with the worst condition. Click the “HDD Health” header to open the “HDD SMART” page in Storage Manager to review the status of each HDD. For details on the Storage Manager, please refer to the chapter on Storage Manager. Click the icon to switch between the “HDD Summary” page and the HDD status indicator. Please note that the color of the HDD symbol will change based on HDD health.
  • Resource Monitor: The CPU, RAM and bandwidth usage is displayed here. Click the "Resource Monitor" header to open the corresponding page in System Status for details. Please note: if the port trunking feature is acvated, the bandwidth stascs are the combined usage of all NICs.
  • Storage: The shared folder (top ve largest folders), volume and storage stascs are summarized here. Click the "Storage" header to open the corresponding page in System Status for details.
  • Hardware: The system and HDD temperatures, fan speeds and hardware usages are summarized here. Please note: stascs listed here vary based on the NVR model purchased. Click the "Hardware" header to open the corresponding page in "System Status" for details.
    ● Online Users: All users currently connected to the NVR are listed here. To

disconnect or block a user or IP, right click the user and choose the desired acons. Click the “Online Users” header to open the corresponding page in “System Logs” for details.

- Scheduled Tasks: Tasks scheduled are listed here. Click the task dropdown list to list only the chosen category and the me drop down list to specify the me range for tasks to be listed.

Tip:

  • All widgets within the Dashboard can be dragged onto the desktop for monitoring specific details.
    ● The Dashboard will be presented dierently on different screen resolutions.
    ● The color of the Dashboard button will change based on the status of system

health for quick recognition ( )

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Tip: - 1

Slide-in window: System-related news will be displayed on the window at boom right side of the desktop. Click the update to check the relevant details.

HDD SMART Disk1 has started

Chapter 5. Remote Monitoring

Use Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, or Microso Internet Explorer and QNAP QVR Client to monitor the IP cameras of the NVR.

Note: QNAP QVR Client is a client applicaon developed by QNAP Systems, inc., used to locally or remotely access QNAP NVR servers for performing video monitoring and playback funcons. Users can nd and download this applicaon under the 'Ulity' secon of the QNAP Security website at

hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/download.asp.

Important Noce:

  1. Before using the NVR, install the hard disks in the server correctly and nish the disk formang and conguraon. Otherwise, the server will not funcon properly.
  2. If your Windows OS is Windows Vista, Windows 7 or above, it is suggested to turn o UAC (User Account Control) for full surveillance funcons. Please refer to hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/faq_detail.asp?faq_id=503.

5.1 Monitoring Page

Upon successfully logging in, click on the QVR desktop to go to the monitoring page. Select the display language. Start to congregate the system sengs and use the monitoring and recording funcons of the server.

Screenshot of a video editing software interface displaying multiple surveillance feeds with various scenes and Chinese text labels.

The following table consists of the icons and their descripons in the monitoring page.

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 2QVR Desktop:Return to the QVR desktop.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 3Monitor:Enter the monitoring page. The administrator can grant access rights to the users to see the live view.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 4Playback:Enter the video playback page. The administrator can grant access rights to the users to play back the videos.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 5Event nocaon:When the alarm recording is enabled and an event is detected, this icon will be shown. Click this icon toview the alert details.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 6Dual-display mode:The NVR supports dual-display mode. (This funcon can only be used when the computer or the host is connected to mulple monitors.)
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 7Server list:Up to 128 channels from mulple QNAP NVR servers can be monitored.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 8E-map:Upload E-map(s) and indicate the locaons of the IP cameras. The administrators are allowed to edit and view the E-map(s). Other users can only view the E-map(s).
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitoring Page - 9Opons:Congure the advanced sengs of the monitoring page. Specify the source of the video/audio stream, event nocacn, and snapshot folder.

Note:

- Click the event nocaaon icon to view the event details, enable or disable the alert sound or clear the event logs.

Event Notification This dialog shows the event logs of the system. You can select an event log and click 'Clear' to delete the log; or click 'Clear All' to delete all logs. Type Date & Time Log Warning 2014-01-14 14:5... Motion detected on Camera 3. Inform... 2014-01-14 14:5... Motion Stopped on Camera 3. Warning 2014-01-14 14:5... Motion detected on Camera 3. Inform... 2014-01-14 14:5... Motion Stopped on Camera 3. Warning 2014-01-14 14:5... Motion detected on Camera 3. Alert sound Clear Clear All Close

Interacve Control Buons

Whenever you move the mouse cursor over a camera channel, the supported funcon buons of the camera will show up for quick access.

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 1Manual recording (Note 1):Enable or disable manual recording on the selected channel. The administrator can enable or disable this opon on the surveillance sengs page.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 2Snapshot (Note 2):Take a snapshot on the selected channel. When the picture is shown, right click on it to save it to the computer.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 3Audio (oponal):Turn on/o the audio support for the monitoring page. For more informaon about the compatibility of this feature, please visithp://nvr.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product_z_g_qvr/cat_intro.php?hf=old.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 4Two-way audio (oponal):Turn on/o the two-way audio support for the monitoring page. For more informaon about the compatibility of this feature, please visithp://nvr.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product_z_g_qvr/cat_intro.php?hf=old.Please note: the two-way audio funcon is currently only supported by the latest version of Internet Explorer.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 5Dewarp sheye images:For specie sheye cameras (Note 3) and the specie camera models with panomorph lens (Note 4), you can enable/ disable the dewarping funcon. Aer enabling the funcon, you can then select mount type, dewarping mode.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 6PTZ mode:1. Click & Go: Click on the camera screen at any point to align the center of the screen using this point as the target.2. PTZ: Pan/Tilt/Zoom camera control.3. Auto cruising: This feature is used to congregate the PTZ cameras to cruise according to the preset posions and the staying me set for each preset posion.4. Enable live tracking: Available on Panasonic NS202(A) cameras.5. Disable live tracking: Available on Panasonic NS202(A) cameras.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 7Preset posion: Select the preset posions of PTZ cameras.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 8Digital zoom (Note 5):Enable/disable digital zoom.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 9Instant playback:On the Live-view page, whenever you want to look back to check suspicious events of a camera channel you just missed, just hit ‘Instant Playback’ buon to bring up the window to review recent feeds. While you don’t have to switch to the playback page to do so, you can sll have full live views of other channels simultaneously.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 10Same-screen IP camera conguraons:On the Live-view page, you can directly congregate an IP camera’s recording schedules when needed without leaving the Live-view page, maintaining seamless monitoring so you won’t miss any suspicious events.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 11Camera informaon:1. Properes (Note 6): Congure other monitoring opons.2. Locate in E-map: Highlight camera icon on E-map.3. Connect to camera homepage.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 12ROI (Region of Interest):This funcon provides you two kinds of magnied viewing modes to choose from. You can choose 5-split or 7-split, then draw a square to see an interesng region.QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 13Click [plit mode].QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Interacve Control Buons - 14Click [plit mode.

Note:

  1. Enabling or disabling the manual recording feature will not act the scheduled or alarm recording.
  2. By default, the snapshots are saved in 'My Documents' or 'Documents'> 'Snapshots' on Windows.

If the snapshot me is inconsistent with the actual me that the snapshot is

taken, it is caused by the network environment but not a system error.

3. Applied to specific sheye cameras

Aer enabling the feature, you can select Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Panorama (Full View), Panorama (Dual View), and Rectangle. For more informaon, please refer to hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/trade_teach/con_show.php?op=showone&cid=27.

Remark 1: If the Mount type is Wall, only Panorama (Full View), and Rectangle are supported in Dewarping mode.

Remark 2: If Dewarping mode is Rectangle, you can use PTZ control panel to operate PTZ funcons, excluding digital zoom.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Applied to specific sheye cameras - 1

natural_image Overhead view of a cluttered office desk with electronic devices and tools (no visible text or symbols)

4. Applied to specific camera models with panomorph lens

Before using this feature, you need to select the 'Enable panomorph support' opon in the camera conguraon page. Aer enabling the feature, you can select Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Perimeter mode, Quad mode, and PTZ mode.

Remark 1: To know the camera models that can be installed with panomorph lens, please visit

hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/qa/con_show.php?op=showone&cid=128.

Remark 2: The funcon is only available when the resolution of the video stream is higher than 640x480 on the monitoring page.

Remark 3: If Dewarping mode is PTZ mode, for the channel, you can use PTZ control panel or mouse (by clicking and holding down the mouse le buon, and then moving the mouse or turning the mouse wheel) to change viewing angles or zooming in/out the screen. If Dewarping mode is Quad mode, the above methods can also be applied to operate PTZ funcons in each divided screen.

  1. When the digital zoom funcon is enabled on mulple IP cameras, the zooming funcon will be aected if the computer performance is not high enough.

  2. Properes

A. Streaming:

I. Use custom sengs

i. Always stream from the server: Select this opon to stream the audio and video data from the NVR. If the computer cannot connect to the IP cameras, select this opon to allow the NVR to stream the data. No extra port forwarding is required; however, the performance of the NVR may be aected.

II. Always stream from the network camera: If the NVR and the IP cameras are connected to the same local network, select this option to stream the video data from the IP cameras. If the NVR, the IP cameras, and the PC are located behind a router, virtual server, or rewall, congregate port forwarding on the IP cameras to use certain ports.

III. Show stream informaon

Show video codec, frame rate, bit rate, current recording days and current recording size of this channel.

Properties General Axis Streaming Use custom settings Always stream from the server Always stream from the network camera Show stream details on camera channel

B. OSD Setngs: Specify the font color of the text on the channels.

OSD Settings OSD text color:

C. Display Mode:

  1. Fit image to window: Select this open to t an image to the browser window. Specify to keep the aspect rao or not when resizing an image.

II. Display image in original size: Select this opon to display an image in its original size if it is smaller than the browser window. You can also specify how an image will be resized if it is larger than the browser

window.

i. Shrink image to t window, maintaining aspect rao
ii. Shrink image by 1/2, 1/4, 1/8... and so on to t window

Display Mode ○ Fit image to window □ Keep aspect ratio ● Display image in original size. If the image is larger than the window, do the following: ○ Shrink image to fit window, maintaining aspect ratio ● Shrink image by 1/2, 1/4, 1/8...and so on to fit window

D. Video Processing: Turn on 'Deinterlace' when there are interlaced lines on the video.
E. Video Resoluon: Specify to adjust the resoluon automacally or use a xed resoluon. To adjust the resoluon automacally, the NVR will select the resoluon seng* which best ts the size of your web browser window. Note that 'Stream from network camera' will not be available if the IP camera does not support streaming from camera or video resoluon conguraon. Both opons will not be available if the IP camera does not support mulple streams.

Video Resolution Stream from server Stream from network camera ● Adjust resolution automatically ○ Fixed resolution VGA[MJPG]

*If an IP camera supports dierent resoluon sengs, the NVR will select the smallest resoluon larger than (or equal to) the size of the browser window. If all the supported resoluon sengs of an IP camera are smaller than the browser window, the largest resoluon will be selected.

F. Let me choose other cameras to apply the same settings: Select this option to apply the changes to other IP cameras. Note that some sengs may not be applied if the IP camera does not support the features, such as streaming from camera or video resolution conguraon.

□ Let me choose other cameras to apply the same settings

Properties General Axis Streaming Use custom settings Always stream from the server Always stream from the network camera Show stream details on camera channel OSD Settings OSD text color: Display Mode Fit image to window Keep aspect ratio Display image in original size. If the image is larger than the window, do the following: Shrink image to fit window, maintaining aspect ratio Shrink image by 1/2, 1/4, 1/8...and so on to fit window Video Processing Deinterlace Video Resolution Stream from server Stream from network camera Adjust resolution automatically Fixed resolution VGA[M]PG Let me choose other cameras to apply the same settings OK Cancel

5.1.1 Live Video Window

The live videos of the IP cameras congured on the NVR are shown on the monitoring page. Click the channel window to use the features supported by the IP camera, e.g. digital zoom or pan/lt/zoom.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Live Video Window - 1

natural_image Four-panel collage showing scenes: a man in business attire interacting with a machine, emergency vehicle inspection, water production line with barrels, and autonomous delivery trucks (no visible text or symbols)

Camera Status

The camera status is indicated by the icons shown below:

IconCamera Status
The NVR and IP camera are connected.
The NVR is trying to establish conncon to the IP camera.
The NVR cannot connect to the IP camera.
The congured acon triggered by alarm event is in process
Alarm sengs are congured, but not in process
Scheduled or connuous recording is in process
Schedule recording is enabled, but not in process
Manual recording is enabled
Manual recording is not in process
This IP camera supports audio funcons
This IP camera supports PT funcon with connuous PT
This IP camera supports PT funcon without connuous PT
The alarm input 1 of the IP camera has been triggered
The alarm input 2 of the IP camera has been triggered
The alarm input 3 of the IP camera has been triggered
A moving object has been detected
Digital zoom is enabled

Connecon Message

When the NVR fails to display the video of an IP camera, a message will be shown in the channel window to indicate the status.

MessageDescripon
No PermissionNo access right to view the monitoring channel. Please login as an authorized user or contact the system administrator.
Server ErrorPlease check the camera sengs or update the rmware of the IP camera (if any). Contact the technical support if the error persists.

5.1.2 Display Mode

The NVR supports dierent display modes for viewing the monitoring channels.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Display Mode - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Single channel"] --> B["Full Screen"]
    C["3-channel"] --> D["2-channel el mode"]
    E["6-channel mod"] --> F["4-channel mode"]
    G["9-channel mode"] --> H["8-channel mode"]
    I["12-channel mode"] --> J["10-channel mode"]
    K["Page Number"] --> L["Mul-channel l mode"]
    M["Sequenal mode Sengs"] --> N["Sequenal mod"]

*You can congregate the sequential interval in the sequential mode sengs.

5.1.3 PTZ Camera Control Panel

The term ‘PTZ’ stands for ‘Pan/Tilt/Zoom’. If an IP camera supports the PTZ feature, use the control panel on the NVR to adjust the viewing angle of the IP camera.

These funcons are available depending on the camera models. Please refer to the user manual of the IP cameras for more informaon. Note that the digital zoom funcon will be disabled when the PTZ funcon is in use.

QVR 5.0 and above hides the PTZ control panel by default. You can enable the PTZ control panel in the opons on the monitoring page.

Note: When you enable mul-display mode and the live view window is too small to show interactive control buons, please enable PTZ control panel to control the

camera. Zoom in Zoom out Digital zoom Select and congregate PTZ camera preset posions Focus control of the PTZ camera Adjust PT angle of the camera

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 2Digital zoom:Select a channel and click this buon to enable the digital zoom funcon. This funcon can also be enabled by right clicking the QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 3 display window of the PTZ camera. Press zoom in or zoom out. You can also use the mouse wheel to operate the digital zoom funcon.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 4Zoom out/zoom in :If the PTZ camera supports opcal zoom, you can press QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 5to opcally zoom out or QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 6buon to opcally zoom in.When digital zoom funcon is enabled, you can press QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 7digitally zoom out or QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 8buon to digitally zoom in.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - PTZ Camera Control Panel - 9Select and congregate PTZ camera preset posions:Select and view the preset posions of the IP camera from the list. For some camera models, you can congregate PTZ camera preset posions on the monitoring page. For more informaon about the compatibility of PTZ cameras for preset posions conguraon, please visithp://nvr.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product_z_g_qvr/cat_intro.php?hf=old. For other PTZ camera models please refer to the user manual of the IP camera.

5.1.4 Multi-server Monitoring

Follow the steps below to use the mul-server monitoring feature of the NVR.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Multi-server Monitoring - 1

  1. Click 'Server List' on the monitoring page.

Server List Please add a server to connect to. Host Name IP Address Version 1-16-8140UP 10.11.19.16 4.0.0(5823) Auto Detect Add Modify Delete Default ID & Password OK Cancel

A. Click 'Auto Detect' to search for the NVR on the LAN and add the server to the server list.
B. Click 'Add' to add the NVR to the server list.

  1. Up to 128 channels from mulple NVR servers can be added for monitoring.

5.1.5 Monitor Settings

To congure advanced monitor sengs, click .

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Monitor Settings - 1

Options

General | Video | Snapshot | Event Notification ✓ Enable alert for all surveillance events □ Enable alert for disk error and warning Display Order Reset Reset the display order of the monitoring channels. PTZ Control Panel □ Show PTZ Panel OK Cancel

The following opons are provided under the 'General' tab.

Event Nocaon:

■ When ‘Enable alert for all surveillance events’ opon is enabled and a

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Options - 2

surveillance event is triggered, the alert icon will be shown on the monitoring page instantly. Click the icon to view the alert details.

■ After enabling ‘Issue nocaon when the disk reaches maximum operaon me set below’ in System Tools -> Hard Disk SMART, you can then ‘Enable alert for disk error and warning’ to receive alarm nocaons when hard drive events occur.

- Display Order: Click ‘Reset’ to repriorize the monitoring channels to the default order.

● PTZ Control Panel: Select to show or hide the PTZ control panel.

Options General Video Snapshot Streaming ○ Stream from server ● Stream from network camera Video Windows □ Highlight video window when an event is triggered ✓ Display unauthorized channels ✓ Display unconfigured channels OK Cancel

The following opons are provided under the 'Video' tab.

- Streaming

Stream from the server: If the IP camera cannot be connected from the computer, select this opon and the video will be streamed from the NVR. This opon does not require extra port mapping conguraon; but may influence the performance of the NVR.
Stream from IP camera: If the NVR and the IP cameras are located on the same LAN, select this opon to stream the video from the IP camera. Note that the port forwarding sengs on the IP cameras must be congured if the NVR, IP cameras, and the computer are located behind a router, a virtual server, or a rewall.

- Video Windows

■ Highlight the video window when an event is triggered: The video window will ash if an event is triggered.
■ Display unauthorized channels: Select this opon to show the channels that the user does not have the access right to monitor.
■ Display uncongured channels: Select this opon to show the channels

that have not been congured.

Options General | Video | Snapshot | Snapshot Always ask me where to save the snapshot images C:\Users\andrew\Documents\Snapshot Preferred image format: JPEG Show timestamp and camera name Save the snapshot as it is displayed. If this option is not selected, the snapshot will be saved in its original size. OK Cancel

The following opons are provided under the 'Snapshot' tab.

- Snapshot

  1. Specify the locaon where the snapshots are saved and the image format (JPEG, BMP or TIFF).
  2. Show mestamp and camera name: Show the mestamp and the camera name on the snapshot.
  3. Save the snapshot as it is displayed: Select this opon to save the snapshot as it is displayed on the window. Otherwise, the snapshot will be saved in its original size.

5.1.6 Instant Playback

On the Live-view page, whenever you want to look back to check suspicious events of a camera channel you just missed, just hit the ‘Instant Playback’ buon to bring up the window to review recent feeds. While you don’t have to switch to the playback page to do so, you can sll have full live views of other channels simultaneously.

  1. Please wait a moment for the system to process your request (depends on available network bandwidth).
  2. Reverse play is used by default. When playing to the event me, you can drag the playback control buon (gray part) to the right to change to normal playback.
  3. You can double click on a specific me on the meline to change the playback me.

Note: The range of searchable me is 24 hours.

5.1.7 Same-screen IP Camera Configurations

On the Live-view page, you can directly congregate IP camera sengs when needed without leaving the Live-view page, maintaining seamless s monitoring so you won't miss any suspicious events.

Camera configure NBA Camera Configuration Video Settings Selective Settings Camera Brand: Axis Camera Model: Axis M1123 Camera Name: QNAP IP Address: 10.05.10.92 Port: B0 WAN IP Address: Port: B0 User Name: root Password: *****. □ Enable recording on this camera Apply Cancel

  1. Please wait a moment for the system to process your request (depends on available network bandwidth).
  2. You can modify camera, recording and schedule sengs. The sengs will come into eect aer clicking 'Apply.'

5.1.8 Auto Cruising

The auto cruising feature of the NVR is used to conjure the PTZ cameras to cruise according to the preset posions and the staying me set for each preset posion.

To use the auto cruising feature, follow the steps below.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Auto Cruising - 1

  1. On the monitoring page of the NVR, click

and select 'Connect to

camera homepage' to go to the conguraon page of the PTZ camera.

  1. Set the preset posions on the PTZ camera.

  2. Return to the monitoring page of the NVR. Click

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Auto Cruising - 2

Cruising' > 'Congure'.

to select 'Auto

  1. Click the number buons to view the preset posions of the PTZ camera.

When this buon is clicked, the name of the corresponding preset posion is shown on the 'Preset Name' drop-down menu.

Auto Cruising Server Name: NVR Camera Name: Camera 6 233D 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 Preset Name: fan Interval: 300 sec Add Update Delete Preset Name Interval Enable auto cruising OK Cancel

  1. Add: To add a seng for auto cruising, select the 'Preset Name' from the drop-down menu and enter the staying me (interval, in seconds). Click 'Add'.

Preset Name: fan Add Update Interval: 5 sec Delete Preset Name fan Interval 5

  1. Update: To change a seng on the list, highlight the selecon. Select another preset posion from the drop-down menu and/or change the staying me (interval). Click 'Update'.

Preset Name: ipe 100 sec Add Update Delete Preset Name Interval fan 5 Preset Name Interval ipe 100

  1. Delete: To delete a setng, highlight a selecon on the list and click 'Delete'. To delete more than one seng, press and hold the Ctrl key and select the sengs. Then click 'Delete'.

Preset Name: Interval: 201 30 sec Add Update Delete Preset Name Interval fan 5 ipe 100 201 30

  1. Aer conguring the auto cruising sengs, select the opon 'Enable auto cruising' and click 'OK'. The NVR will start auto cruising according to the sengs.

Preset Name Interval 1 180 2 180 ipe 180 fan 300 201 300 Enable auto cruising OK Cancel

  1. Auto cruising supports 'snapshot'

Preset Name: Preset 1 5 sec Add Update Delete Snapshot Preset Name Interval ✓ Preset 1 5 ✓ Preset 2 5 ✓ Preset 3 5 ✓ Preset 4 5 ✓ Preset 10 5 Enable auto cruising OK Cancel

Note:

  • The default staying me (interval) of the preset posion is 5 seconds. Enter 5 – 999 seconds for this seng.
  • The system supports up to 10 preset posions (the rst 10) congured on the PTZ cameras. Up to 20 sengs for auto cruising can be congured. In other words, the NVR supports maximum 10 selecons on the drop-down menu and 20 sengs on the auto cruising list.

5.1.9 Qdewarp

Fisheye cameras are widely used to monitor larger areas. QNAP Qdewarp allows sheye cameras to use their full features. You only need to conjure the sheye camera's installaon locaon (ceiling, wall, or desk), then you can start using mulple QNAP Qdewarp modes. Qdewarp is supported in the monitor and playback page.

Qdewarp mode descripon

IconFunconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 1103RProvides the original screen, and 3 regional screens
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 2108RProvides the original screen in the central grid, and 8 regional screens around the center
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 31P2RProviding 2 regional screens in the upper side, and one panorama screen in the down side
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 41P3RProviding 3 regional screens in the upper side, and one panorama screen in the down side
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 51P6RProviding 3 regional screens in the upper side and down side respectively, and one panorama screen in the center =
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 64RProviding 4 regional screens =
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 79RProviding 9 regional screens =
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 8DualPanoramaProviding 2 panorama screens
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 9FullPanoramaProviding one panorama screen
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 10ORPProviding one original screen one regional screen, and one panorama screen
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qdewarp - 11RProviding one regional screen

Note: Only some dewarping modes are supported on local display.

5.1.10 ROI (Region of Interest)

ROI monitoring mode provides 2 monitoring layouts. You can choose a 5 or 7 split layout, and select a region of interest for monitoring.

Please follow the below steps to conjure the ROI.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 1

  1. Click

on the monitoring page, select

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 2

or , then the system

will automacally go into the ROI monitoring mode.

  1. You can select the ROI on the camera's eld of view. The system will automatically show the ROI(s) on the side grid. You can also use the mouse to select the ROI, and drag it to change its locaon or adjust the ROI's border to alter its size.

  2. Remove the ROI by clicking on

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 3

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 4

The E-map feature of the NVR is provided to for users to upload electronic maps to the system to indicate the locaons of the IP cameras. Users can drag and drop the camera icons* to the E-map and enable event alert to receive instant nocaaon when an event occurs to the IP camera.

*The camera icons are available only when the IP cameras have been congured on the NVR.

To use the E-map feature, login the monitoring page of the NVR as an administrator

and click

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 5

An E-map example is shown below. The NVR provides a default E-map.

Administrators can add or remove the E-maps whenever necessary.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 6

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Enable/Disable E-map edit mode"] --> B["Default"]
    C["Enable/Disable event alert on E-map"] --> B
    D["Zoom in/out for more details"] --> E["E-map"]
    F["Tree menu of E-maps and IP cameras"] --> B
    G["E-map Opons"] --> H["1-01"]
    H --> I["Room 1"]

5.2.1 Icons and Description

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 7Enable E-map edit mode.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 8E-map edit mode in use. Click this icon to disable the edit mode.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 9Add an E-map.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 10Edit the name of an E-map.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 11Remove a map or a camera icon.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 12Event alert not in use. Click this icon to enable event alerts on the E-map.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 13Event alert in use. When an event occurs on an IP camera, such as a moving object being detected, the camera icon will change and ash to alert the administrator. To disable event alerts on the E-map, click this icon.Note:When event alerts are enabled, the E-map cannot be edited. The icon will become invisible.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 14E-map Opons. Click on this icon to change the “Icon Size” or “Double-click” on camera icon acon.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 15Use this control bar to zoom in/out and see more details of E-map.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 16Icon for a set of E-maps.
[326D]Icon for a single E-map.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 17Icon for a PTZ IP camera.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - ROI (Region of Interest) - 18Icon for a xed body or xed dome IP camera. Aer dragging the icon to a map, right click on the camera icon to change the icon direcon or delete the icon from the E-map.

5.2.2 Add a Map Set or an E-map

To add a map set or an E-map to indicate the locaons of the IP cameras, click to enable Edit mode.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Add a Map Set or an E-map - 1

A list of IP cameras congured on the NVR will be shown on the le. Click 'Default'

and then to add an E-map.

E-map Default VarStarNVR 1-01 QNAP 1-02 Camera 2

Enter the map name and select the le. The E-map image must be a JPEG format le. Click 'OK'.

Add Map Name Floor 1 File nikeshaw\Desktop\2014-04-16_181620.jpg ... OK Cancel

The E-map will be shown.

E-map 100% 铺设 Floor1 office1 1-05 S. Vivotek P26112 1-07 T. Vivotek FD7131 office2 1-15 15. Vivotek FD6112 DINING AREA 1-07 KITCHEN BATH BEDROOM CATHEDICAL AREA LIVING ROOM COVOCED PORTOY

To add one or mulple E-maps, e.g. oce1 and oce2, under an E-map, e.g. oor1,

click the E-map icon of oor1 and then click to add the E-maps one by one.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Add a Map Set or an E-map - 5

The icon of oor1 will be changed to when more than one E-map is added. To add another E-map of the same level of oor1, select 'Default' and add the E-map, e.g. oor2.

To zoom in or zoom out the E-map, you can use your mouse wheel or just change the percentage bar in upper le to enlarge or reduce the view of the E-map.

200% E-map 100% floor1 floor1 office2 1-15 15. Vivotek PD6112 O1-54-12164LP 1-01 1. Vivotek IP8361 1-02 2. Vivotek CC-B130 1-03 3. Vivotek IP7361 1-04 4. Vivotek IP8130 1-06 6. Vivotek IP7135 1-08 8. Vivotek IP8330 1-09 9. Vivotek I27151 1-10 10. Vivotek P27151 1-11 11. Vivotek IP7151 DINING AREA 1-07 HITCHEN SATH BLOODOM DOOR BEDROOM CATHEORAL AREA LIVING ROOM EXCUCED PORCH

5.2.3 Edit a Map Name

To edit the name of an E-map, select the E-map and click . Enter the new name and click 'OK'. To change the picture of the E-map, delete the E-map and add the new le.

5.2.4 Delete a Map Set or an E-map

To delete an E-map, select the map and click. To delete a set of maps under the same level, select the map set and click.

5.2.5 Indicate IP Cameras on an E-map

Aer uploading the E-maps, drag and drop the IP camera icons to the E-map(s) to indicate the camera locaon. The camera name will appear under the E-map on

the top le column. When an icon of a xed body or xed dome IP camera is dropped to the E-map, right click the camera icon and adjust the icon direcon. The icon of a PTZ IP camera cannot be adjusted. The naming rule of camera is as follows: [Order of Server]-[Order of Channel][Camera Name]. For example : "1-05 Corner" means channel 5 of NVR1 and its camera name is "Corner".

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Indicate IP Cameras on an E-map - 1

To delete a camera icon from the E-map, right click on the icon and select 'Delete'.

E-map 200% DINING AREA KITCHEN Icon Up Delete Up-right Right Down-right Down Down-left Left Up-left 1-07 1-05 1-04 1. Vivotek IP8361 1-02 2. Vivotek CC-8130 1-03 3. Vivotek IP7361 1-04 4. Vivotek IP6130 1-06 5. Vivotek IP7135 1-08 6. Vivotek IP8330 1-09 9. Vivotek IZ7151 1-10 10. Vivotek IP27151 1-11 11. Vivotek IP7151

To save the changes made to the E-maps, click to exit Edit mode.

When clicking an E-map or an IP camera on the le, the E-map or the E-map with the camera icon will be shown on the right immediately. The selected camera icon will

be highlighted with a blue bracket And the view of IP camera will be shown in

single-channel mode on the monitoring screen.

You can choose the Double-click acon on the Camera Icon in "Emap Opons" by

clicking

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Indicate IP Cameras on an E-map - 3

Emap Options Icon Size : Medium Double-click on Camera Icon action Open live view Open live view in new window OK Cancel

  • Open live view: Whether or not Edit mode is enabled, the view of IP camera will be shown in single-channel mode on the monitoring screen.
  • Open live view in new window : Whether or not Edit mode is enabled, the view of IP camera will be shown on another window.

E-mail 100% 横纹 Floor 1 office1 1-05 S. Vivotek P26112 1-07 T. Vivotek PD7151 office2 1-15 IS. Vivotek PD6112 7. Vivotek FD71_* DIVING AREA 1-05 DOWN UP BEDROOM CATHORIAL AREA DIVING ROOM DIVIDUCED PORCEI

5.2.6 Enable/Disable Event Alert

To enable event alerts on an E-map, click

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Enable/Disable Event Alert - 1

E - map 100% 雨巷 floor1 office1 1-05 5. Vivatek PZ6112 1-07 7. Vivatek FD7131 office2 1-15 15. Vivatek FD6112 DURING AREA 1-07 HITCHEN BATH BEDROOM DOCK 1-05 CATHEORAL AREA LIVING ROOM NICROOM DIVIDED PITCH

When an event occurs to an IP camera on the E-map, the camera icon will ash and indicate the event type. The E-map with the IP camera on which an event is triggered will be shown immediately*. Double click on the camera/alert icon and the monitor screen will switch to display the alert camera channel in single-channel view on the monitor screen automacally.

*The E-map with event alerts will not be switched to display automacally if the me dierence between the event me and the last me the user uses the E-map (clicks the E-map window) is less than 20 seconds. In this case, refer to the tree menu on the le to locate the IP cameras with alerts/ashing icons.

E-map 100% Office1 1-05 S. Vivutek PZ6112 1-07 T. Vivutek PD7131 office2 1-15 IS. Vivutek PD6112 DINAMURA 1-07 HITCHEN ROOM 1-05 CATHROOM AREA LIVING ROOM CONJECUS PERSON

The event type occurring to an IP camera can be idened by the camera icon on an E-map.

IconDescripon
A moving object has been detected
The alarm input 1 of the IP camera has been triggered
The alarm input 2 of the IP camera has been triggered
The alarm input 3 of the IP camera has been triggered
An unidened event has been triggered

5.3 Remote Monitoring from the QNAP QVR Client for

Windows

  1. Aer installing the QNAP QVR Client for Windows, click Start → All Programs → QNAP → QVR → Surveillance Client to open the QNAP QVR Client for Windows.

  2. The following window will be shown.

Login IP Address/Port : 80 Username Password Remember username and password Secure Login Language English OK Cancel

  1. Enter the IP address/port, user name and password to login the NVR.

  2. All the monitoring funcons of the QNAP QVR Client for Windows are similar to those of the browser-based interface. Please refer to other seconds of this chapter.

Chapter 6. Play Video Files

Use Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, or Microso Internet Explorer and the QNAP QVR Client to playback the les recorded by the NVR.

  1. To play the recording les in Internet Explorer, please add the NVR IP address to the list of trusted sites. When accessing the NVR via Internet Explorer, you will be prompted to install the AcveX add-on.
  2. To play the recording les by Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox or QNAP QVR Client on Windows PC, please visit hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/download.asp to download and install the QNAP QVR Client for Windows.
  3. To play the recording les on Mac, please visit hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/download.asp to download and install the QNAP QVR Client for Mac.

6.1 Playback Page

  1. Click the playback buon on the monitoring page or the QVR desktop.
  2. The playback page will be shown. You can search and play the video les on

the NVR servers. To return to the monitoring page, click

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 1

To enter the

surveillance sengs page, click

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 2

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 3

Screenshot of a video editing software interface displaying four video thumbnails with Chinese text overlays and timeline controls.

Note: The playback access right to the IP cameras is required to view and play the video les.

The following table consists of the icons and their descripons in the playback page.

IconsDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 5Congure the opons such as playing mode, snapshot sengs, and digital watermark
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 6Mul-view mode (up to 16-view mode)
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 7Control all views: Control the playback sengs of all the playback windows
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 8Convert the video les on the NVR to AVI les
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 9Select the playback video type (alarm recordings, regular recordings, recovery recordings, etc)
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 10Open recording les
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 11Standard bandwidth mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 12Low bandwidth mode
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 13Take a snapshot of the video
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 14Audio (oponal): Turn on/o the audio support
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 15Search recording les by IVA
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 16Dewarp sheye images:For specie sheye cameras (Note 1) and the specie camera models with panomorph lens (Note 2), you can enable/ disable dewarping funcon. Aer enabling the funcon, you can then select mount type, dewarping mode.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 17Last me interval
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 18Increase the interval of scales on the meline
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 19Decrease the interval of scales on the meline
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 20Next me interval
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 21Average Time-Divided Playback
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 22Digital zoom: Enable/Disable digital zoom. When digitalQNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback Page - 23zoom is enabled ( ), you can use your mouse wheel to use digital zoom funcon.

Playback and Speed Control Shule Bar

1.0x

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback and Speed Control Shule Bar - 2Playback Control Buon: Play/pause recording les
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback and Speed Control Shule Bar - 3Speed up
[KCZY]Speed down
[KB5H]Last frame
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback and Speed Control Shule Bar - 4Next frame
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Playback and Speed Control Shule Bar - 5Right side of shule bar is normal play, and le side of shule bar is reverse play. When you drag the playback control buon to right, it will play normally. When dragging the playback control buon to le, it will reverse play. When dragging to the center of shule bar, it will pause.

6.1.1 Play Video Files from NVR

Follow the steps below to play the video les on the remote NVR servers.

  1. Drag and drop camera(s) from the server/camera tree to the respective playback window(s) to select the channel(s) for playback.

Video Player Timeline Camera Hopper NPK Lab & School 2015/2016 Living Room Child Room Kitchen Redoom Camera 3 Camera 6 Camera 7 Camera 8 Camera 9 Camera 10 Camera 11 Camera 12 Camera 13 Camera 14 Camera 15 Mobile Camera 1 Mobile Camera 2 Mobile Camera 3 Mobile Camera 4 Chile Room Window Desktop < 2015.01.16 > 12:51:56.000

  1. Select the playback date from me interval. You can examine each channel to know the me range when the les are recorded for each IP camera. The blue cells indicate regular recording les and the red cells indicate alarm recording les. If it is blank in the me period, it means no les are recorded at that moment.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Play Video Files from NVR - 2

  1. Click to start playback, or click on a channel screen.

  2. Specify the me to play back the recording les at that moment.

  3. Click to control all the playback windows to play back the recording les.

When this funcon is enabled, the playback opons (play, pause, stop, previous/next frame, previous/next le, speed adjustment) will be applied to all the playback windows.

Note

  1. Applied to speci sheye cameras: please refer to the below camera compatibility list hp://nvr.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/product_z_g_qvr/cat_intro.php?hf=old Aer enabling the feature, you can select Mount type, including wall, ceiling,

and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Panorama (Full View), Panorama (Dual View), and Rectangle.

Remark 1: If the Mount type is Wall, only Panorama (Full View), and Rectangle are supported in Dewarping mode.

Remark 2: If Dewarping mode is Rectangle, you can use PTZ control panel to operate PTZ funcons, excluding digital zoom.

  1. Applied to the specific camera models with panomorph lens.

Before using this feature, you need to select the 'Enable panomorph support' opon in the camera conguraon page. Right click the channel and enable the feature. Aer that, you can select Mount type, including wall, ceiling, and oor and then select Dewarping mode, including Perimeter mode, Quad mode, and PTZ mode.

Remark 1: To know the camera models which can be installed with panomorph lens, please visit

hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/n/en/qa/con_show.php?op=showone&cid=128.

Remark 2: The funcon is only available when the resoluon of the video stream is higher than 640x480 on the monitoring page.

Remark 3: If Dewarping mode is PTZ mode, for the channel, you can use PTZ control panel or mouse (by clicking and holding down the mouse le buon, and then moving the mouse or turning the mouse wheel) to change viewing angles or zooming in/out the screen. If Dewarping mode is Quad mode, the above methods can also be applied to operate PTZ funcons in each divided screen.

6.1.2 Intelligent Video Analytics (IVA)

The NVR supports intelligent video analytics for video data search.

The following features are supported:

● Moon detecon: Detects the movements of the objects in the video.
● Foreign object: Detects new objects in the video.
● Missing object: Detects missing objects in the video.
● Out of focus: Detects if the camera is out of focus.
● Camera occlusion: Detects if the IP camera is obstructed.

To use this funcon, follow the steps below:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Intelligent Video Analytics (IVA) - 1

  1. Enter the playback page. Select one channel and click .

Note: The intelligent video analytics support video search on one IP camera channel only.

  1. Select recording type, start me and end me for video search.

Please select a time range Recording Type: Search all recording data From: 2012/ 6/25 11:00 To: 2012/ 6/25 15:27 OK Cancel

  1. Congure the IVA sengs for video search.

IVA Settings Detection Mode ✓ Motion detection ☐ Foreign object ☐ Missing object ☐ Out of focus ☐ Camera occlusion Sensitivity: Define detection zone | Define object size | Please select an area for detection Select all Pause when found Highlight the detection zone Search Cancel

A. Select the detecon mode: Moon detecon, Foreign object, Missing object, Out of focus, or Camera occlusion. Mulple opons can be selected.

Detection Mode ✓ Motion detection □ Foreign object □ Missing object □ Out of focus □ Camera occlusion

B. Adjust the sensitivity for object detecon.

Sensitivity:

C. Adjust the me interval for detectng the foreign objects and missing objects. If a foreign object appears or a missing object disappears for a period of me which is longer than the me interval, the NVR will record the event.

Interval(sec): 1 5 10 15 20

Note: The Interval slide bar appears only when 'Foreign object' or 'Missing object' is selected.

D. Dene the detecon zone. Mouse over the edge of the red zone and use the mouse to dene the detecon zone. Click 'Select all' to highlight the enre area.

E. Dene the object size for detecon. Use the mouse to drag the yellow zone to dene the minimum object size for detecon.

IVA Settings Detection Mode ✓ Motion detection ✓ Foreign object ✓ Missing object ✓ Out of focus ✓ Camera occlusion Sensitivity: Define detection zone | Define object size | Please select an area for detection Select all ✓ Pause when found ✓ Highlight the detection zone Search Cancel

- Ignore objects with width or height less than this seng: Enable this opon to ignore all the objects smaller than the yellow zone.

F. Enable/Disable other opons for video search.

  • Pause when found: Enable this opon and the video search will stop when a video le matching the search criteria is found.
  • Highlight the detecon zone: The moving objects detected in the video will be highlighted in red boxes; the foreign or missing objects will be highlighted in yellow boxes; the video which is out of focus or obstructed will be displayed in transparent red.

  • Click 'Search' to start searching the video by IVA. The results will be shown.

IVA Settings Detection Mode ✓ Motion detection ☐ Foreign object ☐ Missing object ☐ Out of focus ☐ Camera occlusion Sensitivity: Define detection zone Define object size ✓ Ignore objects with width or height less than this setting Note: Please specify a minimum bounding box ☐ Pause when found ✓ Highlight the detection zone Search Cancel

Search Results P.Sunny CS11.07/T06/2012 18:00:54 Start Time Elapsed Time Detection T... 07/10/2012 18:00:01 1.30 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:02 0.30 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:03 2.40 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:06 1.70 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:08 18.20 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:26 0.17 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:27 20.23 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:47 2.33 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:50 2.30 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:53 0.50 secs Motion 07/10/2012 18:00:53 1.00 secs Motion Play Clear Exit

Other opons:

  • Double click an entry on the search result dialog to play the video. The player will play the video starng from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds aer the event.
    ● Right click an entry on the search result dialog to export the video (AVI format)

and save it to the computer. The exported video starts from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds aer the event.

Search Results Sunny EBIT 07/18/2012 18:00:29 Start Time Exposed Time Detection T... 07/18/2012 18:00:01 1.30 secs Motion 07/18/2012 18:00:02 0.30 secs Motion 07/18/2012 18:00:03 2.40 secs Motion 07/18/2012 18:00:06 1.70 secs Motion System design software 07/18/2012 18:00:26 Export to... 07/18/2012 18:00:27 Play Clear Exit

6.1.3 Export NVR Videos

To convert the video les on the NVR and export the le, please follow the steps below.

  1. Select an IP camera and click 📋 to 'Convert to AVI le'.

  2. Select recording type, start me and end me for video exporng.

Regular Recording Export Channel Name: QRAP Export. Output: Export Options Recording Type: All recordings Front: 2014/ 4/22 00:00 To: 2014/ 4/22 00:20 Destination: ● Client PC C:\Users\Public\Index\ ○ Export folder on link Browse... OK Cancel

A. Choose the recording type.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Export NVR Videos - 2

B. Specify the me range. Specify a smaller me range, or the video le will be too large and take a long me to convert.

From: 2014/ 4/22 00:00 Tic: 2014/ 4/22 00:20

  1. You can specify the locaon where the le will be saved on client PC or to the NVR.

  2. Enter the le name.

  3. You can modify the export opons.

Regular Recording Export Channel Name: QNAP Export Output: Export Options Resolution Keep aspect ratio Format Original size Yes Alt (NCPEG) Advanced Settings Include time stamp Include channel name Add comment OK Cancel

A. Choose the exporng resoluon.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Export NVR Videos - 5

B. Select to keep the aspect rao of exported le or not.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Export NVR Videos - 6

C. Select the le format (video compression) of the exported le.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Export NVR Videos - 7

D. You can select to include a me stamp and the channel name in the exported le or to add comments (will have one more txt le saved as same le name in the same folder).

  1. Click 'OK'.

  2. All the video les that meet the search criteria will be converted.

6.1.4 Export Video Files with Digital Watermark

The NVR supports digital watermarking to protect the videos and snapshots from unauthorized modicaons. Digital watermarks can be added to the exported videos and snapshots in the playback page. The watermark cannot be removed and can only be verified by the QNAP Watermark Proof soware.

To use digital watermarking in the playback page, follow the steps below.

  1. Enter the playback page.

  2. Select to add digital watermarks in the exported snapshots or videos.

Settings Playing Mode ○ Play all frames ● Skip expired video frames when necessary, and make playback as smooth as possible ○ Real-time playback; skip all expired video frames Snapshot Snapshot Folder: D:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Doc Browse... ✓ Show timestamp and camera name Watermark ✓ Add digital watermark in the exported snapshot ✓ Add digital watermark in the exported video OK Cancel

  1. Click ‘Convert to AVI le’ (refer to Chapter 6.1.3). Digital watermarks will be added to the exported video les and snapshots.

6.1.5 Enable Recording Video Files

Please follow the below steps to enable recording video les in the playback page.

  1. Click to enable AVI les
  2. Select the video iles and start playback

File Playback 2013-07-05 10:05:13 0:01:31.26 File name VGA-1M-30EPC.mf 1.0X

6.1.6 Average Time-Divided Playback

Click to designate a channel for Average Time-Divided Playback. This can be divided for 4 channel or 9 channel display mode.

1. Axis P1355 2014-07-21 09:00:00 02:48:01 - 05:20:00 05:20:01 - 08:00:00 2014-07-21 09:00:00 2014-07-21 13:20:00 13:20:01 - 16:00:00 2014-07-21 16:30:00 2014-07-21 21:20:00 21:20:01 - 00:00:00 2014-07-21 25:30:00 1.0X

6.2 Play Video Files in the QNAP QVR Client for Windows

  1. Click Start → All Programs → QNAP → QVR Client → Surveillance Client to open the QNAP QVR Client for Windows.
  2. The following window will be shown.

Login IP Address/Port : 80 User name Password Remember IP address/port Remember user name and password OK Cancel

  1. Enter IP address/port, user name and password to log into the NVR.
  2. All the playback funcons of the QNAP QVR Client for Windows are similar to those of the browser-based interface. Please refer to other seconds of this chapter.

6.3 Watermark Proof

The Watermark Proof utility is installed automacally along with the QNAP QVR Client for Windows. From the Windows Start menu, select 'All Programs' > 'QNAP' > 'QVR Client' to locate 'Watermark Proof'.

Run Watermark Proof. The following window will be shown.

Watermark Proof Filename Result Stop when watermark error is detected Exit

Click to browse and locate the les. Mulple les can be selected at one me.

Click to check the les and view the proof result. When 'Stop when watermark error is detected' is selected, the checking process will stop if a failed le is detected. Otherwise the program will check all the les selected. If a video le

has been modified, or is not exported with digital watermark, or not an NVR video le, the proof result will be shown as 'Failed'.

Watermark Proof Filename Result 2.avi Failed 1.avi Passed 2011-03-21 12-15-00~12-19-59.avi Failed Stop when watermark error is detected 2009/03/26 18:06:27 DCS-2121 Exit

6.4 Access the Recording Data

The recording data on the NVR can be accessed by the following services:

● Microso Networking (SMB/CIFS)

- FTP Server (FTP)

Note:

- To access the video les by these protocols, enter the user name and password with the administrator access right.

6.4.1 Microsoft Networking (SMB/CIFS)

Access the video les by the SMB/CIFS protocol on Windows OS.

- Run \NVR_IP from the Windows Start menu. For example, if the NVR IP is 10.11.19.27, enter \10.11.19.27.

NVR Server (10.11.19.27) File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address \\10.11.19.27 Go Name Comments record_nvr System default share record_nvr_alarm System default share snapshot System default share 3 objects

6.4.2 FTP Server (FTP)

Access the recording data by FTP:

- In Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, or Microso Internet Explorer, enter p://username:password@NVRIP. For example, enter p://admin:admin@172.17.26.154 if the NVR IP is 172.17.26.154.

ftp://10.11.19.17/ File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address ftp://10.11.19.17/ Go 10.11.19.17 Other Places Name Size record_nvr record_nvr_alarm snapshot

Note: You cannot play recording les via double click here.

Chapter 7. Surveillance Settings

To enter the surveillance sengs page of the NVR, login to the monitoring page as an

administrator and click

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Chapter 7. Surveillance Settings - 1

7.1 Camera Settings

7.1.1 Camera Overview

You can view a camera preview and more informaon, including the camera name, IP address, conncon status, recording seng, days recorded, recording le size, free disk space, CPU usage and internet bandwidth.

Camera Settings Camera Features Camera Configuration Brand Management System Settings Advanced Settings Package Settings Product Management Surveillance Logo Audio & Response Resource Management License Management Channel Camera Users IP Address Status Recording Statusing Data Recorded Data Recording Files and Maps Video Compression: HDMI Resolution: 100x100/200x100/750 Frame Rate: 30.1 Hz Bit Rate: 6.9 MHz Quality: 90% bit Recording Status: Recording Video Compression: HDMI Resolution: 100x100/200 Frame Rate: Full / 12 Bit Rate: 5.2 MHz Quality: Compression: 20 Recording Status: Recording Video Compression: Wi-Fi (WIFI) Resolution: 100x100/200 Frame Rate: Full / 22 Bit Rate: 33.4 MHz Quality: Compression: 50 Recording Status: Recording Video Compression: Wi-Fi (WIFI) Resolution: 100x100/200 Frame Rate: 8.1 Hz Bit Rate: 1.1 Hz Quality: Compression: 30 Recording Status: Recording Resolution: 34bit/s/40 Frame Rate: 12.7/3 Bit Rate: 445.2 MHz Quality: Matched Recording Status: Recording Resolution: 72MP Frame Rate: 23.1 Hz Recording File Size: 1.37KB / Free Disk Space: 72.4 MB/475K / 3514852639 / 9136394 CPU size: 1.3%, Total Bandwidth Voltage: 36.4 MHz, Last storage capacity check, Pin #2 @ 31, 10, 32, 33, 2014

7.1.2 Camera Configuration

You can add/edit a camera's conguraon, export/import a camera's conguration, modify recording sengs, and scheduled recording sengs.

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Agent Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Add Export / Import Channel Camera Name Camera Brand IP Address Resolution Frame Rate Action Quick Link 1 Camera 1 Axis 10.65.12.116 1920x1080 15 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 2 Camera 2 VIVOTEK 192.168.1.2 640x400 15 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 3 Camera 3 Axis 10.65.10.90 640x480 3 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 4 Camera 4 Sony 10.65.10-186 720x480 8 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 5 Camera 5 Axis 172.17.32.53 320x240 3 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 6 Camera 6.IP Camera 192.168.1.6 1280x800 30 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 7 Camera 7 Axis 192.168.1.7 1920x1080 3 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 8 Camera 8 Axis 192.168.1.8 320x240 3 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 9 Camera 9 Axis 192.168.1.9 1920x1080 3 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 10 Camera 10 Axis 192.168.1.10 1920x1080 Full fps N1280x720/P1280x72 11 Camera 11.ACTI 192.168.1.11"N1280x720/P1280x72 0 15 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 0 15 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 0 15 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 0 15 fps N1280x720/P1280x72 N

Please follow these steps to add a new camera.

  1. Click to add a camera.

Add Add a camera This wizard guides you through the following settings: • Camera Configuration • Recording Settings • Schedule Settings ✓ Search camera(s) automatically Step 1/6 Next Cancel

  1. 'Search camera(s) automacally' is enabled by default.

Search Network Camera IP Address Brand Camera Model MAC Address Search type: UDP / UPnP OK Cancel

You can select the search type: UDP/UPnP or ONVIF.

  1. You can also cancel this search and manually add the camera.

Add Camera Configuration Channel: Channel2 Camera Brand: Select a brand Camera Model: ... Camera Name: Camera 2 IP Address: Port: 80 RTSP Port: 554 WAN IP Address: Port: 80 RTSP WAN Port: 554 User Name: Password: Step 2/6 Back Next Cancel

Select the camera brand, model, name, IP address or domain name of the camera and the user name and the password to login to the camera. And select whether or not to enable the recording.

The NVR provides an interface for the users to enter the JPEG CGI command of the IP cameras in order to receive the video and audio streaming data from the IP cameras and monitor, record, and playback the video of the IP cameras on the NVR. Please refer to Note 1 for more informaon.

  1. Click 'Next' for recording sengs.

Add Recording Settings Video Compression: H.264 Resolution: 1920x1080 Frame Rate: Full Quality: Compression 30 Enable audio recording on this camera Enable panomorph support A0**V Enable manual recording Enable real-time digital watermarking Minimum number of days recording files are kept 1 day(s) Enable auto snapshot Step 3/6 Back Next Cancel

Congure the video compression, recording resoluon, frame rate, and quality. Enable audio recording, manual recording, recording data retenon, real-me digital watermarking, and auto snapshot sengs. For further informaon regarding cameras that support “User dened Mul-stream” and “Smart Recording”, please refer to the list described in that secon.

A. Mul Stream: You can set the conguraon of every stream.
B. Video compression: Choose a video compression format for the recording.
C. Resoluon: Select the recording resoluon.
D. Frame rate: Adjust the frame rate for the recording. Note that the frame rate of the IP camera may be aected by network trac.
E. Quality: Select the image quality for the recording. More disk space is required to save higher quality recordings.

F. Quality Preview:

Click 'Quality Preview' to get a preview of how your videos will look.

Camera Configuration Video Settings Schedule Settings Video Compression: Motion JPEG Resolution: 4CIF Frame Rate: 7 Quality: Quality 70 Save video settings and preview image stream Quality Preview Enable audio recording on this camera Enable manual recording Minimum number of days recording files are kept 1 day(s) Enable auto snapshot

You can set video compression, resoluon, frame rate and quality and see a preview picture by clicking 'Preview'.

Preview Video Compression: Motion JPEG Resolution: 320x140 Frame Rate: 3 Quality: Compression 50 Preview Preview Preview Cancel

You can click the magnier buon to get a larger and clearer preview.

Preview Video Compression: Motion JPEG Resolution: 160x100 Frame Rate: 3 Quality: Compression 50 480x300 Preview Apply 160x100 Preview Apply Preview Cancel

When you are happy with your sengs, click 'Apply' to enable these camera sengs.

G. Audio recording (oponal): To enable the audio recording, click 'Enable audio recording on this camera'.

H. Enable panomorph support: For the specic camera models with panomorph lens, you can enable this opon.

Note: To know the camera models which can be installed with panomorph lens, please visit hp://www.gnapsecurity.com/faq_detail.asp?faq_id=718.

  1. Manual recording: To allow manual acvaon and deacvaon of manual recording funcon on the monitoring page, enable this opon.

J. Real-me digital watermarking: Enable this opon to add digital watermarks to the video les as soon as they are recorded to the NVR. Use the Watermark Proof ulity to verify if the video les were maliciously modified.

K. Enable recording data retenon: Turn on this funcon and specify the minimum number of days to keep the recording data. Note that the number of days entered here must be smaller than the maximum number of days to keep all recordings congured in 'System Sengs' > 'Advanced Sengs'.

L. Enable auto snapshot: Select this opon and the sengs will be displayed. Congure up to 15 schedules for automac snapshot taking or specify the number of snapshots (max 60) the NVR should take every hour. The snapshots are saved to the share folder of the NVR by default. Specify a remote server to where the les will be saved. Read/write access to the remote server is required.

Enable auto snapshot Snapshot schedule ○ Snapshot schedule ● Auto snapshot Take 60 snapshot(s) every hour Save to (apply to all channels): ● Snapshot folder on the NVR (/snapshot) ○ Remote Destination

M. Edge Recording: When Edge Recording is enabled on VioStor NVR, the camera can save the recording les on its local storage (such as a SD card) even when the conncon to the NVR suddenly becomes unavailable. Aer the conncon is resumed, the NVR will check its recording les and compare the recording schedule set by users. If the NVR detects that recording les are missing, it will request the camera to upload the missing part.

  1. Click 'Next' for schedule sengs.

Add Schedule Settings Enable schedule recording Active: Inactive: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Step 4/6 Back Next Cancel

Click and drag on the schedule table to enable scheduled recording for that period of me. Click and drag on the schedule table to disable

schedule recording for that period of me.

Note:

  1. Starng and stopping manual recording will not affect scheduled or alarm recording tasks. They are independent processes.
  2. When applying the changes, the recording operaon will be temporarily paused (maximum 1 minute) and then restart.
  3. The sengs of the snapshot folder are global seings which will be applied to every channel.

You can then click to edit the camera sengs.

Edit Camera Configuration Recording Settings Schedule Settings Camera Brand: Axis Camera Model: Axis M1014 Camera Name: Camera 1 IP Address: 10.8.10.41 Port: 80 RTSP Port: 554 WAN IP Address: Port: 80 RTSP WAN Port: 554 User Name:=root Password: **** Enable recording on this camera Apply Cancel

Edit Camera Configuration Video Settings Schedule Settings Video Compression: Motion JPEG Resolution: 4CIF Frame Rate: 7 Quality: Quality 70 Save video settings and preview image stream Quality Preview Enable audio recording on this camera Enable manual recording Minimum number of days recording files are kept 1 day(s) Enable auto snapshot Apply Cancel

Click Apply to apply the sengs.

Note:

  1. All the sengs will not take eect unl 'Apply' is clicked. When applying the changes, the recording operaon will temporarily stop (for a maximum of one minute) and then restart.

Export / Import camera sengs

This helps you backup and replicate camera sengs to another NVR (it must be the same model).

Export / Import Camera Settings Export Camera Settings This will export all of the camera settings (including camera, recording, schedule, and alarm settings) to a settings file. Export Import Camera Settings To import all camera settings, please click (Browse) to select a previously saved setting file and click (Import) to confirm. Browse... Import Close

The export le name rule is: Surveillance_qvrOnlyBackup_[date].bin

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Export / Import camera sengs - 2

Surveillance_qvrOn....bin

Add generic IP camera support with a CGI command

Follow the steps below to congregate the IP camera:

  1. Select 'Generic Model' for the camera brand.
  2. Select 'Generic JPEG' for the camera model.
  3. Enter the CGI path of the IP camera in the 'HTTP URL' eld.
  4. Enter the camera name or the IP address of the camera.
  5. Enter the user name and the password of the IP camera.
  6. Select to enable the recording or not.

Note: The NVR only supports JPEG CGI command interface, but does not guarantee the compatibility with all the IP camera brands.

Virtual Camera

The era of high-megapixel cameras has come. It not only means clearer and higher-quality videos, but also a larger coverage area for cameras. You can select an area of a camera's eld of view as a virtual camera, and also view physical and virtual cameras from the view management page for easier monitoring.

To add a virtual camera: click aer adding a physical camera.

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Agent Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Add Export / Import Channel Camera Name Camera Brand IP Address Resolution Frame Rate Illustration Action Quick Link 1 Camera 1 Dynacolor 172.17.32... 1920x1080 30 fps B 2 Camera 2 3S 172.17.32... FULL HD(1920x1080) 30 fps B 3 Camera 3 Axis 172.17.32... 2592x1944 Full fps B 4 Camera 4 Axis 172.17.32... 2592x1944 Full fps B 5 Camera 5 Axis 172.17.32... 2592x1944 Full fps B 6 Camera 6 Axis 172.16.32... 1280x720 Full fps B 7 Camera 7 Axis 172.17.32... 1280x720 Full fps B 8 Camera 8 Axis 172.17.32... 2592x1944 Full fps B 9 Camera 9 Axis 172.17.32... 2560x1920 Full fps B 10 Camera 10 Axis 182.17.32... 2592x1944 Full fps B 11 Camera 11 Axis 172.17.32... 2592x1944 Full fps B 12 Camera 12 Axis 172.17.32... 1280x720 Full fps B

Congure virtual camera

  1. Virtual camera name: enter a name for the virtual camera.
  2. Virtual camera index: the virtual camera's number under a physical camera
  3. Virtual camera area: you can edit the virtual camera's area and its size by dragging the area on the "Edit Virtual Camera Area" window, or by entering values for its area and size.

Add Channel: Channel1 Camera Name: Camera 1 Virtual Camera Name: Virtual Camera 1 Virtual Camera Index: 1 Position (compared to upper-left corner) Horizontal Offset(%): 37 Vertical Offset(%): 32 Area Size of Virtual Camera Height(%): 50 Width(%): 50 Edit Virtual Camera Area Preview Virtual Camera Apply Cancel

Virtual camera's applicaon

  1. In the view management page, you can add a virtual camera to a view.

Control Panel Edit View Name: Layout 2 Description: Layout List Layout Management Custom Layout Camera Camera 1 Virtual Camera 1 Camera 2 Camera 3 Camera 4 Camera 5 Preview Restore Streaming Priority: Auto 1. Choose the layout to configure. 2. Drag the camera or e-Map to the layout. 3. To remove a camera or e-Map from the layout, double-click on it or drag it to the left side. Apply Cancel

  1. In the monitor page, you can drag virtual cameras into any window to monitor it.

消影器 機下模式 NV2021-ATev5.1.0 build 20150516i Camera 1 Virtual Camera 1 Camera 2 Camera 3 Camera 4 Camera 5 Camera 6 Camera 7 Camera 8 Camera 9 Camera 10 Camera 11 Camera 12

User Deined Multi-stream

In the past, users of digital surveillance systems were forced to make a tradeo between the video quality of a camera stream and requested bandwidth. The same camera stream was used for both live view and recording, and more bandwidth was required if a high quality camera stream was selected. Fortunately, with the introducon of mul-stream technology, users now can choose the main stream for recording les and the sub stream for live view.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Virtual camera's applicaon - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Remote PC"] --> B["NVR"]
    B --> C["Camera"]
    C --> D["Main Stream"]
    D --> E["Sub Stream"]
    E --> F["Remote Live View Stream"]
    F --> A

The mul-stream technology was already supported by VioStor NVR before rmware

v4.1.0. However, stream properes such as resoluon, frame rate, and compression mechanism could not be changed by users.

Properties General | Streaming Use custom settings Always stream from the server Always stream from the network camera OSD Settings OSD text color: Display Mode FR image to window Keep aspect ratio Display image in original size. If the image is larger than the window, do the following: Shrink image to fill window, maintaining aspect ratio Shrink image by 1/2, 1/4, 1/8 ... and so on to fill window Video Processing Deinterlace Video Resolution Stream from server Adjust resolution automatically Fixed resolution 4VGA[H264] DCR[MPG] VGA[H264] 4VGA[H264] Let me choose other cameras to apply the same settings OK Cancel

The mul-stream feature in rmware v4.1.0 has been enhanced. Users can congregate stream properes aer selecng "User Dened" from the drop-down list on the user interface, and users can choose stream properes based on their needs.

Please note that in the Mul-Stream Prole, the default value is "System-Congured".

Smart Recording

Smart Recording is a powerful feature in the eld of digital surveillance as high quality videos are recorded during an unexpected event, and the low quality camera stream is used for regular recording. This is extremely beneficial as more details about an event can be revealed from the high denion camera stream recorded during that event, and less storage space is consumed comparing to when the high quality camera stream is used for Round-the-clock recording.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Virtual camera's applicaon - 5

flowchart
graph TD
    subgraph_ATM_1["ATM"]
        A["Camera"] --> B["VG/Storage System"]
        B --> C["VioStor NVR"]
        C --> D["Regular Recording"]
        D --> E["Data Flow"]
        E --> F["Alarm Recording"]
    end
    subgraph_ATM_2["ATM"]
        G["Camera"] --> H["VioStor NVR"]
        H --> I["Regular Recording"]
        I --> J["Data Flow"]
        J --> K["Alarm Recording"]
    end

The VioStor NVR supports two recording modes: Round-the-clock Recording mode and Smart Recording mode, and they are described below:

- Round-the-clock Recording mode: The same stream from the camera is used for both regular recording and alarm recording. To use this funcon, please select one camera stream from the stream list.

Add Video Settings Multi-stream Profile: User defined Recording Mode: Round-the-clock Recording Regular Recording: Stream 1 Stream Video Compression Resolution Frame Rate Quality 1 H.264 1920x1080 Full Compression 30 2 Motion JPEG 640x480 6 Compression 50 3 H.264 1280x720 12 Compression 30 Enable audio recording on this camera Enable manual recording Enable real-time digital watermarking Minimum number of days recording files are kept 1 day(s) Enable auto screenshot Step 3/6 Back Next Cancel

● Smart Recording mode: Dierent camera streams are used for regular recording and alarm recording. To use this funcon, please select one camera stream for regular recording and another for alarm recording.

Add Video Settings Multi-stream Profile: User defined Recording Mode: Smart Recording Regular Recording: Stream 2 Alarm Recording: Stream 1 Stream Video Compression Resolution Frame Rate Quality 1 H.264 1920x1080 Full Compression 30 2 Motion JPEG 640x480 6 Compression 50 3 H.264 1280x720 12 Compression 30 Enable audio recording on this camera Enable manual recording Enable real-time digital watermarking Back Next Cancel Step 3/6

As more cameras will be supported for Smart Recording in the future, please be sure to check out our camera compatibility list from me to me for your camera selecon.

How to Congure Smart Recording?

  1. Go to the "Camera Congure" to add a camera which supports user dened mul-stream.
  2. Click 'Next' for recording sengs.
  3. Select "User denied" from the "Mul-stream Prole" dropdown list.
  4. Select "Smart Recording" from the "Recording Mode" dropdown list.
  5. Select camera streams for recording modes.
  6. Select one camera stream from the "Regular Recording" dropdown list.
  7. Select a dierent camera stream from the "Alarm Recording" dropdown list.

Add Video Settings Multi-stream Profile: User defined Recording Mode: Smart Recording Regular Recording: Stream 2 Alarm Recording: Stream 1 Stream Video Compression Resolution Frame Rate Quality 1 H.264 1920x1080 Full Compression 30 2 Motion JPEG 640x480 6 Compression 50 3 H.264 1280x720 12 Compression 30 Enable audio recording on this camera Enable manual recording Enable real-time digital watermarking Step 3/6 Back Next Cancel

Please note: Scheduled Recording and Alarm Recording must be enabled rst.

Limitaons and Restricons:

  1. A camera stream can only be selected as for either Regular Recording or Alarm Recording.
  2. The number of streams supported and stream properes (such as codec, resoluon, frame rate and quality) vary based on camera models, and the same property value may not be available as other properes are changed. For example: if H.264 or Full HD is selected as the video compression seng for stream 1, users may only be le with M-JPEG or VGA for stream 2. This is a camera limitaon.
  3. Please refer to our camera compatibility list for supported camera models.
  4. Because more bandwidth is required for Smart Recording, please esmate your bandwidth usage before using this feature. Take Vivotek IP8132 for example, this model oers three streams. Stream 1 uses 663Kbps, Stream 2 uses 1000Kbps and Stream 3 uses 3000Kbps (Please refer to Vivotek Video Transmission Calculator for detail.) The total bandwidth required is 4663Kbps (663K + 1000K + 3000K). If 30 Vivotek IP8132 cameras are connected to a NVR for live view and Smart Recording is used, at least 133930Kbps bandwidth is required.

Edge Recording

How to Congure Edge Recording?

1. Go to the camera sengs page.

Before adding this camera to the NVR, please ensure that the camera me is synchronized with that of the NVR.

AXIS P1343 Network Camera Live View | Setup | Help Date & Time Settings Current Server Time Date: 2013-04-12 Time: 19:47:24 New Server Time Time zone: GMT+08 (Beijing, Hong Kong, Shanghai) Automatically adjust for daylight saving time changes. Time mode: Synchronize with computer time Date: 2013-04-12 Time: 19:47:24 Synchronize with NTP server NTP server: pseLate.org Set manually Date: 2013-04-12 Time: 19:47:22 Date & Time Format Used in Images Specify date format: Predefined YYYY-MM-DD Own Specify time format: Predefined 24h With resolution: 1 second Own Save Reset

The NVR will apply the sengs in the edge prole to the AXIS camera automacally.

The codec seng of videos recovered from Edge Recording is xed as H.264.

Stream Profile Settings Stream Profile Profile name: NVRedgeProfile Video encoding: H.264 Description: NVR edge profile Image Audio H.264 MJPEG Image Appearance ✓ Resolution: 640x480 (4:3) ✓ Compression: 50 [0..100] ✓ Mirror image: Off Video Stream ✓ Maximum frame rate: ○ Unlimited ● Limited to 15 [0..30] fps Overlay Settings □ Text and/or image overlay none

Aer enabling Edge Recording, please check if the camera is recording videos. If not, please enable "Connuous Recording" and make sure that the SD card is not full or damaged.

AXIS P1344 Network Camera Live View | Setup | Help Recording List Filter Recording time: From: First recording (yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm) To: Now 2013-04-12 11:53 (yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm) Event: Any Storage: Any Sort: Descending Results: Max 20 recordings at a time Filter Recording 1 to 5 of 5 Start date & time Duration Event 2013-04-09 15:17:05 Ongoing continuous 2013-04-09 14:36:13 00:00:31 continuous 2013-04-09 14:24:31 00:04:58 continuous 2013-04-09 10:44:32 03:57:13 continuous 2013-04-07 11:18:46 42:24:26 continuous

Aer enabling Edge Recording, please make sure that "Recording Sengs" have been enabled on the camera page and select "NVRedgeProle" as the stream prole.

AXIS P1344 Network Camera Live View | Setup | Help Continuous Recording Recording Settings Enable Disk: SD card Stream profile: NVRedgeProfile Save Reset Recordings List Continuous

Please conjure the "Remove recordings older than" seng for the SD-card.

Storage Overview Camera Controlled Storage Type 2. Status Total size Used space SD Card ready 7.5 GB 2.9 GB Network Share not defined - System Options/Disk Management - AXIS P1344 Network ... 開啟网站 Storage Management SD Card File system: vfat Status: ready Unmount Storage Tools Format Check disk Repair Recording Settings Remove recordings older than: 5 days Lock (write protection) About OK Cancel

  1. Go to the Camera Sengs page.

Please enable Edge Recording.

  1. Go to "Surveillance Setngs" >"Recovery Management" to congregate the recovery schedule, and check the recovery status and the status of Edge Recording aempts.

Applied models: AXIS P1343, P1344, P3343, P5534, M5013, Q1602

Limitaons and Restricons:

  1. The camera audio funcon is not supported by Edge Recording.
  2. The camera me must be synchronized with the NVR me for this feature to work.
  3. Please refer to the camera user manual to nish related sengs on the camera

page.

  1. Modicaon of Edge Recording related conguraon is not supported on local display
  2. Please make sure that the SD card can funcon properly and is formatted to VFAT and not EXT4.
  3. The codec seng of videos recovered from Edge Recording is xed as H.264.
  4. Edge Recording will only check and recover recording les in the scheduled period.
  5. Please refer to our camera compatibility list for your camera selecon. hp://www.gnapsecurity.com/pro_compatibility_camera.asp

7.1.2.1 Flexible Channel Mode

Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management Add Channel Camera Name Camera Brand IP Address Resolution Frame Rate Action Quick Link 1 Axis M1114 Axis 10.65.13.57 640x480 3 fps + 2 Axis M1034 Axis 10.65.13.59 1280x720 6 fps + 3 1080P_1M OXVIF 10.65.13.108 -- -- + 4 Camera 4 Vivotsk 10.65.13.145 1920x1920(fshaya) 15 fps + 5 -- -- -- -- -- + 6 -- -- -- -- -- + 7 -- -- -- -- -- + 8 -- -- -- -- -- + 9 -- -- -- -- -- + 10 -- -- -- -- -- + 11 -- -- -- -- -- + 12 -- -- -- -- -- + 13 -- -- -- -- -- + 14 -- -- -- -- -- + 15 -- -- -- -- -- + 11:39 Thursday, May 28 Applied channels (Full HD / HD / D1): 3 / 1 / 1 Full HD Available channels / Maximum channels: 1 / 4 11:39 QVR VS-2204 Pro+

Applicable to the VS-2200 Pro+ series (including VS-2212 Pro+, VS-2208 Pro+, VS-2204 Pro+). Switch to the exible channel mode on QVR desktop -> [Surveillance Sengs] -> System Sengs] -> [Advanced Sengs]

Denions:

D1 here means the number of channels where the recording resolution is lower than D1.

HD here means the number of channels where the recording resolution exceeds D1, but is lower than HD.

Full HD here means the number of channels where the recording resolution exceeds HD.

Applied Channels (Full HD/ HD/ D1) mean the number of channels where the recording resolution exceeds HD, exceeds D1, but is lower than HD and will be lower than D1 respectively

(Full HD/ HD/ D1) Available channels/ Maximum channels mean the number of (Full HD/ HD/ D1) channels you can add and the maximum number of (Full HD/ HD/ D1) channels.

Under the exible channel mode, the number of actual recording channels will vary depending on the recording resolution of added channels. The system will calculate

the number of actual recording channels by using the recording resoluon index automacally. The recording resoluon index of Full HD channel, HD channel, and D1 channel is 4, 2 and 1. The amount of recording resoluon indexes of the device cannot exceed 4 mes the number of camera licenses. Taking VS-2212 Pro+ as an example, aer changing to the exible channel mode, the maximum number of recording channels will be 48. You can add up to 48 channels with (max) D1 resoluon, 24 channels with (max) HD resoluon, or 12 channels with Full HD resoluon. Or you can add 16 channels with (max) D1 resoluon, 8 channels with (max) HD resoluon, and 4 channels with Full HD resoluon.

If you change to the exible channel mode, some advanced features will be disabled, such as user-dened mul-stream, smart recording, dual recording, edge recording, auto snapshot, advanced event management, auto cruising, remote replicaon, storage expansion, and Qstart.

7.1.3 Event Management

The NVR provides ‘Tradional Mode’ and ‘Advanced Mode’ for event management. Select ‘Tradional Mode’ to use the standard alarm sengs in response to the alarm events. To use advanced event management, select ‘Advanced Mode’.

Traditional Mode

1. Alarm Sengs

Select a channel (IP camera/video server) on the list and congregate the alarm sengs. The video recording will be acvated when the alarm input of the selected channel is triggered or a moving object is detected.

When the opon ‘Acvate alarm recording only on selected schedule’ is enabled, the alarm recording will be acvated only when the alarm input is triggered or a moving object is detected within the schedule. To apply the same sengs to all the channels on the list, click ‘Apply to all cameras’.

Lars-200-12:64 Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overload Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Traditional Mode Advanced Mode Alarm Settings E-mail EMS Channel Camera Name IP Address Alarm Recordings 1 Camera 01 10.65.12.73 OFF 2 Camera 02 10.65.12.101 OFF 3 Camera 03 10.65.12.102 OFF 4 Camera 04 10.65.12.103 OFF 5 Camera 05 10.65.12.104 OFF 6 Camera 06 10.65.12.105 OFF 7 Camera 07 10.65.12.106 OFF 8 Camera 08 10.65.12.107 OFF 9 Camera 09 10.65.12.108 OFF 10 Camera 10 10.65.12.109 OFF Enable alarm recording Note: Please you monitor any additional page of the name to set a section header when before viewing "Start recording when available is detected by this camera" on this page. Apply All 17:12 Monday - June 8 QVR VS-12164UPro+

Note:

  • All the sengs will be eecve aer clicking 'Apply'. When applying the changes, the current recording process will temporarily pause (maximum 1 minute) and then restart.
  • To avoid blocking by the rewall, the IP cameras or the video servers congured for alarm recording must be located on the same subnet as the NVR.
  • To switch from traditional mode to advanced mode, select 'Advanced Mode' and click 'Go to the sengs page'.

2. E-mail

Lars-200-12164 Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Traditional Mode Advanced Mode Alarm Settings E-mail EMS SMTP Server You can configure SMTP settings to send instant alerts via email. E-mail (SMTP) server address: Port number: 25 E-mail: User Name: Password: Secure connection: None Email Notification When the following events occur : Apply All 17:12 Monday, June 8 QVR VS-12164UPro+

SMTP Server

Supports sending email alerts to inform administrators of system errors and warnings. To receive email alerts, congure the SMTP server.

E-mail (SMTP) server address: Enter the SMTP server name, for example, smtp.gmail.com.

Port number: Enter the port number for the SMTP server. The default port number is 25.

Email: Enter the email address of the person to receive the alerts.

User name and Password: Enter the login informaon of the email account.

Secure conncon: Choose SSL or TLS to ensure a secure conncon between the NVR and SMTP server, or None based on your needs. It is recommended to enable this funcon if the SMTP server supports it.

Email Nocaons

If you enable nocaons for all error alerts, you will (by default) receive nocaons when cameras disconnect and recording failure events occur. If you enable nocaons for all warning alerts, you will (by default) receive nocaons when moon detecon and alarm input events occur. You can toggle nocaons for specific surveillance events here.

A maximum of ve email addresses are allowed.

Advanced Sengs

To avoid excessive alert emails due to similar surveillance events, you can set a me period here. Aer conguraon, you will not receive alert emails for similar surveillance events in the dened period of me.

The sengs here, except the nocaons for specific surveillance events and advanced sengs, will be synced with [Control Panel] -> [System Sengs] -> [Nocaon].

3. SMS

Lary-200-12164 Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overlay Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Traditional Mode Advanced Mode Alarm Settings E-mail SMS SMSC Server You can configure the SMSC settings to send instant system alerts via the SMS service provided by the SMS provider, SMS service provider: Clickatell http://www.clickatell.com Enable SSL connection SSL ports 44% SMS server login name: SMS server login passwords: SMS server API_ID: SMS Notification Apply All 17:13 Monday, June 8 QVR VS-12164UPro+

SMSC Sengs

Congure the SMSC server sengs to send SMS messages to the specied phone number(s) from the NVR. The default SMS service provider is Clickatell.

You can add your own SMS service provider by selecng "Add SMS Provider" from the drop-down menu.

When “Add SMS service provider” is selected, enter the name of the SMS provider and the URL template text.

Note: The URL template text must follow the standard of the SMS service provider to receive the SMS alert properly.

SMS Nocaon

If you enable nocaons for every error alert, you will decide whether you receive an SMS message when cameras disconnect and recording failure events

occur. You can also decide whether you want to receive SMS message when moon detecon and alarm input events occur. You can toggle SMS messages for specific surveillance events here.

A maximum of two phone numbers are allowed.

Advanced Sengs

To avoid excessive SMS messages due to similar surveillance events, you can set a me period here. Aer conguraon, you will not receive SMS messages for similar surveillance events in the dened period of me.

The sengs here, except the nocaons for specific surveillance events and advanced sengs, will be synced with [Control Panel] -> [System Sengs] -> [Nocaon].

Advanced Mode

The advanced mode consists of the event and acon seconds. Dene the acon to take for each event triggered on the IP cameras or the video servers connected to the NVR.

To conjure the advanced event management by the ‘Advanced Mode’, select an event type on the le event list and conjure the acons to take on the right.

Note:

  • Click 'Apply' to apply the sengs or 'Exit' to exit the sengs page. If the 'Advanced Mode' is selected on the 'Alarm Sengs' page, the advanced sengs will be applied aer the NVR restarts even if you have selected to exit the sengs page. The sengs will be cancelled if 'Tradional Mode' is selected aer exing the 'Advanced Mode'.
  • To avoid blocking by the rewall, the IP cameras or the video servers congured for the alarm recording must be located on the same subnet as the NVR.
  • To switch from the advanced mode to the tradional mode, select 'Tradional Mode' and click 'Apply'.

Events:

The events supported by the NVR are classified as camera events (moon detecon, alarm input, camera disconnexcon), NVR events (recording failure), and external events (user-dened events).

Note: The camera events available depend on the features supported by the IP cameras or video servers.

Event List Edit Connection Failure 7. Axis M3006 Motion Detection Connection Failure 8. Axis P3384 Motion Detection Alarm Input1 Connection Failure Surveillance event Recording Failure External event User-defined Event jason

BuonDescripon
EditEdit an event. This buon cannot be used to edit camera disconncon.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Events: - 2Add an external event. This buon is not applicable to the camera events and the NVR events.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Events: - 3Delete an external event. This buon is not applicable to the camera events and the NVR events.

The NVR supports the following event types. Before specifying the acon sengs, select the events to manage and congure the sengs.

1. Moon detecon

This opon allows the NVR to trigger an acon when a moving object is detected by the IP camera or the video server. Select 'Camera event' from the 'Event List'. Locate the channel and click 'Moon Detecon'. Next, click the edit buon, enable this opon, conjure the sengs, and click 'Apply'. Set the schedule to dene the acve period of the alarm sengs and dene the acon on the right (discussed in the later seconds).

Surveillance Settings Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configurations Traditional Mode Advanced Mode Add Action Execute the action when a moving object is detected by the IP camera Specify the FTP address for the NVR to receive the alarm messages from the IP camera (optional) IP Address: Port: Set schedule Apply Cancel Network: NC SW-4137 Connection Failure: View 5 Page 1 /2 View Display Item: 1-4, Total: 4 Show 10 Items Add Options Operation OK Cancel

2. Alarm input

This opon allows the NVR to trigger an acon when the alarm input of the IP camera or the video server is triggered. Select 'Camera event' from the 'Event List'. Locate the channel which supports alarm input and click 'Alarm Input'. Next, click the edit buon, enable this opon, conjure the sengs, and click 'Apply'. Set the schedule to dene the acve period of the alarm sengs. Aer that, dene the acon on the right (discussed in the later seconds).

Surveillance Settings Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Name Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Prudiepe Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Historical Users List Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management Add Action Execute the action when the alarm input of the IP camera is OPEN Set schedule Apply Cancel ABC (Show) of Connection Failure Page 1 / 2 No data to display Show 10 Shems Add

3. Alarm event

The alarm input and the moon detecon sengs of some IP cameras or video servers may be combined together and called ‘Alarm Event’ on the Event List. Edit the event sengs and dene the acon on the right (discussed in the later seconds).

4. Connecon failure

This opon allows the NVR to trigger an acon when the IP camera or the video server is disconnected. Select 'Camera Event' from the 'Event List'. Locate the channel and click 'Connecon Failure'. Aer that, dene the acon on the

right (discussed in the later seconds).

5. Recording failure (NVR event)

This opon allows the NVR to trigger an acon when the video recording of the IP camera or the video server fails due to the hard disk bad blocks, le system crash, or other reasons. Select 'NVR event' from the 'Event List'. Click 'Recording failure'. Then dene the acon sengs on the right (discussed in the later seconds).

6. External event (user-dened events)

To create a self-dened event on the NVR, select 'User-dened Event' under 'External event' on the 'Event List'. Then click the + buon. Enter the event name, for example, 'door'.

Aer creang an event, click the event name and dene the acon on the right (discussed in the later seconds). Aer conguring the acon sengs, enter the CGI command (including the self-dened event name) in the web browser to trigger the acon anymore. The format of the CGI command is:

hp://NVRIP/cgi-bin/logical_input.cgi?name=event-name. For example, hp://10.8.12.12:80/cgi-bin/logical_input.cgi?name=door

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Alarm Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Historical Users List Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management Traditional Mode Advanced Mode Event List Action List EOR Contribution Values 7. Axle R3006 Motion Detection Connection Failure 8. Axle P3384 Motion Detection Alarm Input 1 Connection Failure Surveillance event Recording Failure External event User-defined Event Name截至目前 Operation Page 1 /1 No data to display Show 10 Items Apply

Event schedule sengs:

When eding an event (not including camera disconncon, NVR events, and external events), click 'Set Schedule' to dene when the alarm sengs will be acve.

To create a new schedule, select 'New' and enter a schedule name. The schedule supports a maximum of 25 characters (double-byte characters, spaces, and symbols are allowed). Select the day and me when the alarm sengs should be acve.

Click + to add a schedule; or – to delete a schedule. Up to 6 sengs can be dened for each schedule.

The sengs will be shown on the graphical table. Click 'Apply' to save the sengs.

To use the same schedule for all the events, click 'Apply to All Events'. Select to use the default schedule or a formerly created schedule from the list. The default alarm sengs are acve all day, every day.

Schedule Settings Select from the list All day New Delete Active Inactive: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Apply to All Events Apply Cancel

Acons:

The NVR supports dierent acons which can be acvated when the selected events are triggered on the IP cameras or the video servers. The acons include video recording, email alert, SMS alert, buzzer, PTZ camera control, alarm output, and logic output.

BuonDescripon
Edit an acon:Select an event on the le. All the acons denied for this event will be shown. Select the box in front of the acon name to edit. Then click this buon on the ‘Acon’ column to edit the acon sengs.
AddAdd an acon:Aer conging an event on the le, click ‘Add’ to create an acon in response to the event. Click ‘Apply’ to save the sengs.
DeleteDelete an acon:Select an event on the le. All the acons denied for this event will be shown. Select the box in front of the acon name to delete and click ‘Delete’. Mulple acons can be deleted.

Note: Please ensure the acon in the event sengs has been enabled; otherwise the acon will not be executed.

Add Action ✓ Execute the action when a moving object is detected by the IP camera Specify the FTP address for the NVR to receive the alarm messages from the IP camera (optional) IP Address: Port: Set schedule Apply Cancel

1. Recording

Select the channels (IP cameras or video servers) which will start recording when an event occurs. The following opons are also available:

A. Enter the me (in seconds) the recording should be executed aer the event has been triggered.

B. Start recording when the event starts and stop recording when the event ends.

Opon (ii) is applicable to duraon events only. A duraon event is an event with a start and end me and lasts for a set period of me. It does not include the events related to status changes, such as a camera disconncon or NVR recording failure.

If the acon is triggered by a duraon event and both sengs (i, ii) are enabled, the NVR will execute the second seng (ii) only.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Add Action Action Tube: Recording New Select from the list Select one or more channels to start recording when an event is triggered. Ch-01 Ch-02 Ch-03 Ch-04 Ch-05 Ch-06 Ch-07 Ch-08 Ch-09 Ch-10 Ch-11 Ch-12 Ch-13 Ch-14 Ch-15 Ch-16 Execute the action for 30 seconds (s) when the event is triggered Execute the action when the event starts and drop the action when the event ends". * This option is applicable to duration events only. If the action is activated by duration event and both settings above are enabled, this toll will execute this setting only. Note: A duration event is on-event with start and end time and tests for a period of time. It does not include the events related to status change, such as camera's connection failure or toll recording failure. Apply Apply for All Events Cancel

2. Camera control

Congure the PTZ camera to adjust to the preset posion for monitoring or act according to the HTTP URL entered when an event is triggered. Select a preset posion from the drop-down menu or enter the HTTP URL.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Note: The preset names will appear only aer the preset sengs of the PTZ cameras have been congured.

Add Action Action Type: New Select From the list Select a preset position of the PTC2 camera or enter the HTTP URL. The IP camera will adjust the monitoring angle to the preset position or do further action according to HTTP URL when an event is triggered. Action Name: Camera Name: Show Position: HTTP URL: Please select a camera Cancel

3. Alarm output

Select to acvate the alarm device connected to the IP camera when an event is triggered. The following opons are available:

A. Enter the number of second(s) the alarm device will be acve for when the event is triggered.
B. Acvate the alarm device when the event starts and stop the alarm device when the event ends.

The opon (ii) is applicable for duraon events only. A duraon event is an event with a start and end me and lasts for a set period of me. It does not include the events related to status change, such as a camera disconncon or NVR recording failure.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Add Action Action Table: Camera's Alarm (Output) New Select Rise the list Select an alarm output of the IP camera. The alarm will be activated when an event is triggered. Camera number: Camera 1 Actions: Link the IP camera mode of which the alarm output is supported by the NAR will be listed. Set the alarm output 1 of the IP camera as: Execute the action for: cursed (i) when the event is triggered Execute the action when the event starts and stop the action when the event ends? * This option is applicable to duration events only. If the action is activated by duration event and both settings above are enabled, the tick will execute this setting only. Note: A duration event is an event with start and end time and lasts for a period of time. It does not include the events related to status changes, such as camera's connection failure or tick recording failure.

4. Email

To receive an instant email alert when an event is triggered, enter the SMTP sengs. Mulple email addresses can be entered as the recipients.

Snapshots of mulple channels (IP cameras/video servers) can be aached to the alert emails.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Add Action Action Tube: Email New Select from the list E-mail (SMTP) server address: Enable SMTP Authentication New status: Accepted Sender: Recipients: Subject: Content: Use SSL/ TLS values connection Attached with snapshot 29.41 29.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30 28.31 28.30

5. SMS

To allow the system administrator to receive an instant SMS alert when an event is triggered, enter the SMS server sengs. The default SMS service provider is Clickatell. To add other SMS service providers, click 'Add' and enter the provider's name and the URL template text.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Note: Always follow the standard of the SMS service provider to receive the SMS properly.

Add Caption Button Type: New Select from the list [SMS Server Settings] Checkbox Enable SSL Connection SMS Server Login Name: sidesn SMS Server Login Password: ****** SMS Server APL_ID: [SMS Modification Settings] Country Code: Afghanistan (v10) Call Phone No. 1: Call Phone No. 2: Message : Text Interval of sending SMS text messages of the same events: 30 Minutes(x) Cancel

6. Buzzer

Enable the buzzer when an event is triggered. The following opons are also available:

A. Enter the me (in seconds) the buzzer will sound when the event is triggered.
B. Execute the buzzer when the event starts and stop the buzzer when the event ends.

The opon (ii) is applicable to duraon events only. A duraon event is an event with a start and end me and lasts for a set period of me. It does not include the events related to status change, such as a camera

disconnecon or NVR recording failure.

If the acon is triggered by a duraon event and both sengs (i, ii) are enabled, the NVR will execute the second seng (ii) only.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Add Action Action Type Enable the buzzer on the 16KB. The buzzer will sound when an event is triggered. Text Execute the action for "30" record (c) when the event is triggered □ Discuss the action when the event starts and drops the action when the event ends". * This option is applicable to duration events only. If the action is activated by duration event and both settings above are enabled, the 16KB will execute this setting only. Note: A duration event is an event with start and end time and tests for a period of time. It does not include the events related to status change, such as camera's connection failure or 16KB recording failure. page Next to all Events Cancel

7. User-dened Acon

Add a self-dened acon when an event is triggered. Enter the login account and password, IP address, port, and the HTTP URL of other surveillance devices to manage the devices such as re protecon devices, power controller, and air condioning control.

Click 'Select from the list' to select an acon seng which has been congured before.

Add Action Action Type: Enter SP address, port, HTTP URL, user name, and password of another network surveillance device. The device will be activated when an event is triggered. Action Name: IP ADDRESS: Port: HTTP URL: User Name: admin Password: >>>

7.1.4 View Management

View Management allows users to customize view layouts, and to assign cameras to specific windows. Users can define view layouts to suit their needs. For example, when the camera provides a corridor view, users can create a rectangle to fit the corridor view.

View Management provides two modes, normal mode is designed for non-fisheye cameras

and fisheye mode is designed for fisheye cameras.

IconDescripon
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - View Management - 1Edit: Edit view
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - View Management - 2Remove: Remove view.
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - View Management - 3View thumbnail : When you hover over, it will show thumbnails to show your customized view.

Normal Mode

You can choose a customized view in the le view tree list in monitor mode.

Edit View :

  1. To add a camera to a view, you can choose a view you want, then drag a camera from the le list to the right channel screen.

  2. To remove a camera from a view, you can double click on a camera snapshot or drag it to the le camera tree list. You can also click 'Restore' to remove all of the camera.

Surveillance Settings Edit View Name: Layout 2 Description: Layout List Layout Management 2x2 Restore Camera Camera 1 Camera 2 Camera 4 Camera 5 Camera 6 Camera 7 Preview Streaming Priority: Auto 1. Choose the layout to configure. 2. Drag the camera or e-Map to the layout. 3. To remove a camera or e-Map from the layout, double-click on it or drag it to the left side. Apply Cancel

Add customize layout :

You can add a customized layout as a new layout

  1. To choose a type of layout, for example you can choose 6x6.

Add Delete Layout Name: Description: Reset Save Cancel

  1. To edit the Layout, you can click a square and draw a larger square. And you can double click the combined region to restore it. Or you can click 'Restore' to restore the original layout.

Layout Management Add Delete 6x6 Custom Layout Layout Name: Custom Layout Description: Reset Save Cancel

  1. To nish, click 'Save' and it will show on le tree list.
  2. To edit the layout, choose the layout, edit it in the right zone, then click 'Save'.
  3. To delete a layout, choose the layout then click 'Delete'.

Edit View Name: Layout 2 Description: Layout List Layout Management 2x2 Custom Layout Camera Camera 1 2x2 Camera 2 3x3 Camera 4 4x4 Camera 5 5x5 Camera 6 6x6 Camera 7 7x7 8x8 Restore Streaming Priority: Auto Preview Choose the layout to configure. Drag the camera or e-Map to the layout. To remove a camera or e-Map from the layout, double-click on it or drag it to the left side. Apply Cancel

Fisheye Mode

Fisheye mode provides the below view modes:

View ModeDescripon
9R ModeProvides 9 regional screens
4R ModeProvides 4 regional screens
1O8R ModeProvides an original screen in the center, and 8 regional screens around it
1P6R ModeProvides an original screen in the center, and 6 regional screens around it
Dual PanoramaProvides 2 panorama screens
1P3R ModeProvides 3 regional screens in the upper side, and one panorama screen below
1P2R ModeProvides 2 regional screens in the upper side, and one panorama screen below
OPR ModeProvides one original screen one regional screen, and onepanorama screen
103R ModeProvides an original screen, and 3 regional screens
R ModeProvides one regional screen
Full PanoramaProvides one panorama screen

View Name: The view name cannot be duplicated. You can nd your customized view mode.

How to edit view mode :

  1. Choose display mode
  2. Drag a camera from le camera tree to the right preview.
  3. To alter the size/drag posion in preview, use the mouse wheel to zoom in/out.

Then you can see the view.

Control Panel Add View Name: Layout Description: Display mode 9R Mode Camera Camera 2 Preview Z Value - + 5 Restore You can configure multiple monitoring windows for fisheye here. 1. Choose the display mode and then camera model. 2. To edit viewing angles, drag in the preview window to adjust the monitor location and use the mouse wheel to zoom in/out. Apply Cancel

Choose View Mode to monitor

You can also choose the view mode in the le tree's view tab on the monitor.

Recording length and keeping period Maximum length of each recording file: 10 minute(s). When the available storage is less than 10% • overwrite the oldest recordings ○ stop writing recordings □ Maximum number of days all recording files are kept 10 day(s) □ Number of days alarm recording files are kept 10 day(s) Alarm Recording Start recording video (at minimum) 30 second(s) before the event occurs. Stop video recording 30 second(s) after the event ends. Local Display Settings □ Enable anonymous access Apply

You can congregate the advanced recording sengs in this secon.

● Maximum period for each recording le
Specify the maximum length of each recording le (maximum 15 minutes).
- When the available storage is less than...%
Specify if the NVR should overwrite the oldest recordings or stop recording when the available storage capacity is less than the specified percentage of the total storage capacity.

● Maximum number of days all recording les are kept ... day(s)

Enter the number of calendar days that the NVR should keep the recording les. Please make sure the storage capacity is enough to save the data for the number of calendar days specified. When the recording data has reached the expiry date, all of the expired video les will be deleted. For example, if the NVR is congured to delete the recording data aer 7 calendar days, on the 8th day, the les recorded on the rst day of each camera will be deleted so that the NVR can start to save the data on the 8th day.

● Number of days alarm recording les are kept ... day(s)

Specify the number of days that alarm recordings will be retained.

● Pre-/Post-alarm recordings

■ Start recording video...second(s) before the event occurs: Enter the number of seconds to start the recording before an event occurs.
■ Stop video recording...second(s) aer the event ends: Enter the number of seconds to stop the recording aer an event ends.
The maximum number of seconds for the above sengs is 300 (5 minutes.)

- Local display

To allow guest access to the monitoring screen of the NVR by local display, select 'Enable anonymous access'.

- Auto logo

Set the meout period to log o the users from the conguraon page of the NVR when the idling me has reached.

Note: The meout logo does not apply to the monitoring, playback, advanced mode, device conguraon, system update, remote replicaon, and logs & stascs pages.

● Network intrusion detecon

The system will alert users when possible aacks on the network are detected and give recommendations for acons to take.

● Maximum number of concurrent logins (hp)

You can denote the maximum number of hp user sessions at the same me (maximum: 32.)

Note: All of the sengs will be eecve only aer clicking 'Apply'. When applying the changes, the recording will temporarily pause (for up to 1 minute) and then restart.

7.2.1.1 Flexible Channel Mode Settings

Applicable to the VS-2200 Pro+ series (including the VS-2212 Pro+, VS-2208 Pro+, VS-2204 Pro+)

Jim-227-22PP Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Enable network intrusion detection Enable network intrusion detection Note: The system will alert users when possible attacks from the network are detected and give recommendation. Protocol Management Specify RTP port range: 6100 ~ 6299 Channel Mode Fixed channel mode Flexible channel mode Note: If you change to Flexible channel mode, some advanced options will be disabled. If you change to Fixed channel mode, only basic channels will be kept and other channels cleared. Please re-enable the monitor/ playback function after you change to a different channel mode. The NVR will not delete any recordings when changing modes. Please manually delete recordings if necessary. Apply 17:04 Friday, June 5 QVR VS-2204 Pro+

To change the channel mode, go to QVR desktop -> [Surveillance Sengs] -> [System Sengs] -> [Advanced Sengs]. There is the xed channel mode (default) and the exible channel mode.

Aer changing to the exible channel mode, compared with the xed channel mode, the maximum recording channels will become 4. Under the exible channel mode, the number of actual recording channels will vary depending on the recording resoluons of added channels. The system will automacally calculate the number of actual recording channels by the recording resoluon index. The recording resoluon index of Full HD channel, HD channel, and D1 channel is 4, 2 and 1. Using the VS-2212 Pro+ as an example, as long as the amount of recording resoluon indexes does not exceed 48 (=12 * 4), you can add more than 12 cameras.

Note:

  1. If you change to the exible channel mode, some advanced features will be disabled, such as user-dened mul-stream, smart recording, dual recording, edge recording, auto snapshot, advanced event management, auto cruising, remote replicaon, storage expansion, and Qstart.
  2. If you change to the xed channel mode, only basic channels will be retained, but not other channels.

The recordings of other channels will not be removed, and if necessary can be manually deleted.

  1. If you are using the QVR client to see the live view and playback recordings, please re-enable the monitor/playback funcon aer you change to a dierent channel mode.

7.2.2 Privilege Settings

You can check the rights of camera management for all users. You can also modify access right of monitoring, playback, PTZ control, and audio for a general user. If you want to add a user, please go to [Control Panel] -> [Privilege Sengs] -> [Users].

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Status Camera Configuration Alarm Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Historical Users List Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management You can manage the access permissions for the camera in this page. User: admin Channel Camera Monitoring Playback PTZ Cont... Audio 1 Camera 1 2 Camera 2 &

7.2.3 Protocol Management

RTP (Real-me Transfer Protocol) is a standardized packet format for delivering real-me audio and video data of the IP cameras on the Internet. The real-me data transfer is monitored and controlled by RTP (also RTCP). The default seng is 6100–6299. If the IP cameras use dierent RTP ports, enable 'Specify RTP port range' and specify the port numbers.

Note: Make sure the ports have been opened on the router or rewall to ensure normal monitoring and recording.

You can specify the RTP port range in this page. Specify RTP port range: 6100 ~ 6299 Apply

7.3 Surveillance Logs

This page shows the surveillance logs such as camera conneccon, moon detecon, and camera authencaon failure.

This page shows the surveillance logs such as camera connection, motion detection and camera authentication failure.

Display: All events Camera: All Level Date & Time - Type Camera Content 2013-11-26 13:30:37 Alarm 1 Motion Stopped on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 13:50:31 Alarm 1 Motion detected on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 11:22:48 Connection 5 Camera 5 disconnected. 2013-11-26 10:14:20 Alarm 1 Motion Stopped on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 10:14:17 Alarm 1 Motion detected on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 10:12:11 Alarm 1 Motion Stopped on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 10:12:07 Alarm 1 Motion detected on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 10:11:56 Alarm 1 Motion Stopped on Camera 1. 2013-11-26 10:11:48 Alarm 1 Motion detected on Camera 1. Page 1 /139 Display item: 1-10, Total: 1381 Show 10 Items

Download Log

Please Note: The logs are currently only available in English.

7.3.1 Surveillance Logs

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management Surveillance Event Logs Surveillance Connection Logs Online Surveillance Users Display: All events Save Type Date - Time Users.IP Computer... Accessed resources Action 2014-06-14:04:04 adults 10.65.12.139 --- Monitor Login OK Display item: 1-1, Total: 1 Show 10 Items

7.4 Push Service

Unit-Test-A Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management Camera Group View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Agent Management 3rd Party Settings Access Control Settings Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test (Archived) Historical User List Manage Paired Devices Model Name App Version User ID Refresh google Nexus 7 Nexus 7 3.1.150331 adults Action google Nexus 7 Nexus 7 3.1.150507 adults Action samsung GT-IP300 GT-IP300 3.1.150331 adults Action iPad Aaron's iPad 3.1.150520 adults Action samsung GT-IP300 GT-IP300 3.1.150516 adults Action iPhone ultimately Test 3.1.150521 adults Action iPad Aaron's iPad 3.1.150521 adults Action

The push service allows you to receive nocaons on mobile devices when moon detecon or alarm events occur. To use the push service, please ensure you have the right to receive push nocaons and enable the myQNAPcloud remote access services on the server. Use the Vmobile App on your mobile devices to add a server for seeing the live view, playback recordings and to receive push nocaons. Aer being added, the informaon of the mobile device will be listed on the page, including the model name, device name, version of Vmobile, and user details on the NVR. You can also disable the push service to specic mobile devices.

7.5 Recovery Management

This page is related to the edge recording feature. You can edit the recovery schedule, monitor the recovery status, and the edge recording status here.

  1. Recovery Schedule: Schedule for recovery of recorded data. Available when edge recording is in use.

You can edit the recovery schedule in this tab.

Recovery Schedule Recovery Status Edge Recording Status Active: Inactive: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Apply

  1. Recovery Status: Status for the recovery of recorded data. Available when edge recording is in use.

You can monitor the recovery status in this tab.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Recovery Management - 2

bar | Channel | Type of Recovery | Start Time | End time | Status | | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- | | 2 | Edge recording | 2014/04/19 00:00:00 | 2014/04/19 00:11:55 | Waiting | | 2 | Edge recording | 2014/04/19 00:11:55 | 2014/04/19 00:41:55 | Waiting | | 2 | Edge recording | 2014/04/19 00:41:55 | 2014/04/19 00:59:59 | Waiting | | 2 | Edge recording | 2014/04/19 00:00:00 | 2014/04/19 00:11:55 | Waiting | Channel: 2 Channel 2 [Edge recording] Queued for recovery Recovery finished No recording found Recovering now Recovery failed
  1. Edge Recording Status: Status of edge recording

You can check me synchronizaon between the NVR and cameras, the status of cameras set up for edge recording, and the details of recording les stored on camera's SD card.

Recovery Schedule Recovery Status Edge Recording Status

Server Time: 2013/12/19 10:16:42

ChannelBrandModelCamera NameTimeStatus
1AxisAxis M50131 M5013N/ADisconnected
2AxisAxis M50132 M50132013/12/19 10:16:42Ready

7.6 License Management

The VioStor NVR oers various channel base license depending on dierent models. Aer purchasing a license, you can add extra recording channels.

CNAP VS-4116U Supervision S. # Surveillance Settings Monitor Flashback Camera Settings Camera Status Camera Configuration Alarm Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Prelude Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logo Historical Users List Backup & Exposure Recovery Management License Management Expand Recording Channels The Vactor NVR offers various channel base license depends on different models. To add extra number of recording channels, please contact authorized reseller for assistance. Or you can contact QNAP Security http://www.napccorv.com/SziaaIngers.aspx for authorized reseller. How to Install License: Click Install license to install the license, Current / Maximum number of recording channels: 18 / 18 System UGS: AA500744D68898Q137500 Install License License Name PAR Channel Number Online Data Status Action VosStor NVR - 19 Channel Base License — $5 — Activated Page 1/2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Display Item: 3-1, Total: 1 | Show: 10 | Items Note: The number of recording channels supported via the NVR model. Please refer to the information on http://www.napccorv.com/before-purchasing-or-activating the license on the NVR. The maximum number of recording channels supported is for reference only. The actual recording performance may vary recording on the NVR record, listen currently, network-based, recording options, and other operating devices on the Thursday, December 19 QVR VS-4116UPro+

You can click "Install License" to begin installing the license to the NVR.

7.6.1 License Activation

Online Activation

Step1. If your VioStor NVR is connected to the Internet, please select "Online Acvaon".

Add a License Activate the License ○ Online Activation Activate the license online. Make sure the system is connected to the Internet. ○ Offline Activation Activate the license offline. Step 1/4 Next Cancel

Step2. Enter the Product Authorizaon Key (PAK) code to acvate the license.

Add a License Online License Activation Enter the Product Authorization Key (PAK) code to activate. 1ED45A1EA266C14BFB4EE968 Note: Make sure the system is connected to the Internet. Step 3/4 Back Next Cancel

Step3. The License has been acvated. Please click [FINISH] buon to close the window.

Add a License Online License Activation License activated The camera license has been activated. Click "Download" to download the Deactivation Ticket. Step 4/4 Finish

Step4. The additional camera license will be displayed in the license management list aer the license acvaon.

Offline Activation

Step1. If the VioStor NVR is behind a rewall or doesn't have an Internet conncon, please select "Oine Acvaon".

Add a License Activate the License ○ Online Activation Activate the license online. Make sure the system is connected to the Internet. ● Offline Activation Activate the license offline. Step 1/4 Next Cancel

Step2. Please copy the system UDI and go to the License Store for oine license acvaon.

Add a License Offline License Activation Step 1: Retrieve License File To retrieve the license file, please visit the License Store and enter the system UDI and PAK. http://license.gnap.com/activate.html System UDI:72D02117D4389BQ12CI000 Step 2/4 Back Next Cancel

Step3. Please login to the License Store with your registered account.

ONAP Account Global/English LICENSE PURCHASE Turbo NAS LICENSE MANAGEMENT Offline Activation Offline Disactivation INFORMATION Contact Us FAQ PayPal. CREATE ACCOUNT I am a new customer. Register an Account By registering an account you will be able to shop faster, be up to date with the status of your order, and keep track of the orders you have previously made.. Continue Returning Customer I am a registered customer. Email: Password: Forgot Password? Enter the code in the box below: 3me2c Try a different image Type characters: Sign in

Step4. At Oine Acvaon page, please ll out the UDI and PAK elds and then click the [Acvate] buon.

QNAP Sign out | Account Global/English LICENSE PURCHASE • Turbo NAS LICENSE MANAGEMENT • Offline Activation • Offline Deactivation INFORMATION • Contact Us • FAQ PayPal. OFFLINE ACTIVATION Copy the system UDI from your Surveillance Station Pro and upload the PAK here. After the activation is verified, you will get a Permission File. Step 1 Please fill out your device UDI Your UDI can be copied from the Surveillance Station Pro. Step 2 Please fill out the PAK Please fill out the PAK you want to activate on this device. Enter the code in the box below: pa3fm Try a different image Type characteris Activate

Step5. You will receive an email with an aached permission le aer the oine acvaon is veried.

QNAP Sign out | Account Global/English LICENSE PURCHASE Turbo NAS LICENSE MANAGEMENT Offline Activation Offline Deactivation INFORMATION Contact Us FAQ PayPal. MESSAGE The activation is verified, please check the receiver's email for Permission File. Return to Account

Step6. Please check the email and download the permission le. The permission le can only be used on the VioStor NVR with the UDI you specied. Please do not decompress the permission le.

QNAP License Store - Your Permission file license_support@qnapsecurity.com.tw 寄给我 Dear Customer. Congratulations! You can now activate the license offline. Please download the attached permission file and import it to the server to activate the new camera recording channel. Please notice that the permission file can only be used with the specific system UDI you registered previously. QNAP Systems, Inc. License Store Customer Service Email: license_support@qnapsecurity.com.tw QNAP® 137D5384567AF7B53180B59B.act.tgz 2K 下载

Step7. Please go back to the offline activation page on your VioStor NVR. You will need import the permission file to activate the license.

Step8. The license has been activated.

7.6.2 License Deactivation

Please select the "License deacvate" button to begin the process of deacvang a license. If your VioStor NVR is connected to the Internet, please select "Online deacvaon". If not, please select "Ofine deacvaon".

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Status Camera Configuration Alarm Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Historical Users List Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management Expand Recording Channels The ViStar NVR offers various channel base license depends on different models. To add extra number of recording channels, please contact authorized reseller for assistance. Or you can contact QNaP Security (http://qnapsecurity.com/salvslnquiry.aspx) for authorized reseller. How to install license Click Install License to install the license. Current / Maximum number of recording channels: 8 / 12 System U01:72D02117D4389BQ12C31000 Install License License Name PAK Channel Number Expire Days Status Action Surveillance Station Pro - 12 Channel Base Lic... -- 12 -- Activated ViStar NVR - 4 Channels License 836B3799... 4 -- Activated ViStar NVR - 4 Channels License BCF49CF3... 4 -- Deactivated ViStar NVR - 4 Channels License 56291401... 4 -- Activated Display Item: 1-4, Total: 4 : Show 10 > Items Note: The number of recording channels supported varies by the NVR model. Please refer to the information on http://www.qnasecurity.com/ before purchasing or activating the license on the NVR. The maximum number of recording channels supported is for reference only. The actual recording performance may vary depending on the IP cameras, video contents, network bandwidth, recording settings, and other running applications on the NVR. Please contact an authorized reseller or the camera vendors for more information.

Online Deactivation

Step 1: Aer you press the "License deacvate" buon, you will be prompted to conrm that you want to deacvate the license.

Deactivate License Deactivate the License Confirmation Warning! The license will be removed from this system. 39A7B4468727E39969D68023 To continue, click "Next". Step 1/5 Next Cancel

Step 2: Please select "Online Deacvaon".

Deactivate License

Deactivate the License Confirmation

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Deactivate the License Confirmation - 1

Online Deactivation

Deactivate the license online. Make sure the system is connected to the Internet.

○ Offline Deactivation

Deactivate the license offline.

Step 2/5

Back

Next

Cancel

Step 3: The system will prompt you to conrm your choice to remove the license. If you are sure about deacvang the license, check "Yes, I want to remove the license from the system."

Deactivate License

Online Deactivation

Are you sure you want to remove the license from the system?

√ Yes, I want to remove the license from the system.

Step 4/5

Back

Next

Cancel

Step 4: The license has been deactivated. Please click [FINISH] buon to close the window.

Deactivate License Online Deactivation License deactivated. The camera license has been deactivated. Click "Download" to download the Deactivation Ticket. Step 5/5 Finish

Step 5: And now you will see that the status of the license has changed to "Deacvated".

Expand Recording Channels

The VioStor NVR offers various channel base license depends on different models. To add extra number of recording channels, please contact authorized reseller for assistance. Or you can contact QNAP Security (http://gnapsecurity.com/SalesInquiry.aspx) for authorized reseller.

How to install license

Click Install License to install the license.

Current / Maximum number of recording channels: 4 / 12

System UDI:72D02117D4389BQ12CI000 Install License License Name PAK Channel Number Expire Days Status Action Surveillance Station Pro - 12 Channel Base Lic... -- 12 -- Activated VioStor NVR - 4 Channels License 836B3799... 4 -- Deactivated VioStor NVR - 4 Channels License BCFA9CF5... 4 -- Deactivated VioStor NVR - 4 Channels License 56291401... 4 -- Activated Display item: 1-4, Total: 4 | Show 10 ▼ Items

Note: If you want to transfer the License to another VioStor NVR, please download the "deacvaon cket" from the icon "" (under the "Acon" column). Then contact QNAP support for help.

Offline Deactivation

Step 1: Aer you press the "License deacvate" buon, you will be prompted to conrm that you want to deacvate the license.

Deactivate License Deactivate the License Confirmation Warning! The license will be removed from this system. 39A7B4468727E39969D68023 To continue, click "Next". Step 1/5 Next Cancel

Step 2: Please select "Oine Deacvaon".

Deactivate License Deactivate the License Confirmation ○ Online Deactivation Deactivate the license online. Make sure the system is connected to the Internet. ● Offline Deactivation Deactivate the license offline. Step 2/5 Back Next Cancel

Step 3: Please read the instrucons carefully. Aer you deacvate the license on the system, you will need to download the deacvaon cket and visit the QNAP license store to complete the deacvaon. hp://license.qnap.com/deacvate.html

Deactivate License Offline License Deactivation Step 1: Deactivate the License on the system Remove the license from the system and download a Deactivation Ticket. Step 2: Deactivate the License on the License Store To complete the deactivation, please visit the License Store and submit the Deactivation Ticket. http://license.gnap.com/deactivate.html Step 3/5 Back Next Cancel

Step 4: The system will prompt you to conrm your choice to remove the license. If you are sure about deacvang the license, check "Yes, I want to remove the license from the system."

Deactivate License Offline License Deactivation Are you sure you want to remove the license from the system? ✓ Yes, I want to remove the license from the system. Step 4/5 Back Next Cancel

Step 5: The system will show that the license had been deactivated. Please download the deactivated cket from the column "Acon".

10.11.11.11/cgi-bis/main.html?5.0.20131124.S006812 Show Desktop Surveillance Console Menu Playback Camera Settings Camera Status Camera Configuration Alarm Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Historical Users List Remote Replication Surveillance Recovery Mass. Storage Expansion Setting License Management 13 Mondo Expand Recording Channels The Visitor NVR offers various channel base license depends on different models. To add extra number of recording channels, please contact authorized reseller for assistance. Or you can contact QNUP Security (http://anapccsuriu.com/SalesInners.asp) for authorized reseller. How to Install License Click Install License to install the licenses. Current / Maximum number of recording channels: 16 / 16 System UDEAA53009CDDABBBBQNAF0000 License Name Patc Channel Number Expire Days Status Action Visitor NVR - 16 Channel Base License - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Display Item: 1-4, Total: 4 Show 10 Rights Node: The number of recording channels supported via the NVR model. Please refer to the information on http://www.onpocssuriu.com/ before purchasing or activating the license on the NVR. The maximum number of recording channels supported is for reference only. The actual recording performance may vary depending on the IP cameras, video contenta, network bandwidth, recording settings, and other running applications on the NVR. Please contact an authorized reseller or the camera vendors for more information. Rdty_0x788887_nps Rdty_757584862_nps

Step 6: Then please go to the QNAP license store, import the deacvaon cket and then enter the code in the box. Please click "Apply" aer you nish all these steps.

QNAP License PURCHASE Turbo NAS LICENSE MANAGEMENT Offline Activation Offline Deactivation INFORMATION Contact Us FAQ PayPal. OFFLINE DEACTIVATION QNAP License Deactivation Service allow you to apply license deactivation. Step 1 Please upload your deactivation ticket 选择提案 RMV_39A7B446_9068023.tgz Enter the code in the box below: cnhe6 Try a different image Type characters:cnhe6 Apply Copyright ©2012; QNAP License Store v0.9. This site is best viewed in 1024 x 768 true color with IE7.0+, Firefox 3+ or Chrome 6+.

Step 7: The license store will show "License deactivated".
QNAP® Sign out | Account English - Global LICENSE PURCHASE • Turbo NAS LICENSE MANAGEMENT • Offline Activation • Offline Deactivation INFORMATION • Contact Us • FAQ MESSAGE License deactivated Return to Account PayPal. Copyright ©2012: QNAP License Store v0.9. This site is best viewed in 1024 x 768 true color with IE7.0+, Firefox 3+ or Chrome 6+.

Note: If you want to transfer the License to another VioStor NVR, please download the "deacvaon cket" from the icon "" (under the "Acon" column). Then contact QNAP support for help.

10.11.11.11/cgi-bin/main.html/5.8.0.20131124.S086612 Show Desktop Surveillance Console Number > Packout Camera Settings Camera Status Camera Configuration Alarm Settings System Settings Advanced Settings Pruledge Settings Protocol Management ServeBance Logs Historical Users List Remote Replication ServeBance Recovery Move Storage Expansion Setting License Management 13 Monday Expand Recording Channels The visitor NVR offers various channel base license depends on different models. To add extra number of recording channels, please contact authorized reseller for assistance. Or you can contact QGAP Security (http://manager@sou.com/SalesInners.org) for authorized reader. How to Install License Click Install License to install the licenses. Content / Maximum number of recording channels: 16 / 16 System: USD:A$5009CQDABRBQNAF0000 License Name Pilot Channel Number Expire Days Status Action Visitor NVR - 10 Channel Base License — 10 — Activated Visitor NVR - 4 Channels License 30A7B445 6 — Deactivated Visitor NVR - 4 Channels License 7375749F... 6 — Deactivated Visitor NVR - 4 Channels License CFOBC28 6 — Deactivated Display Item: 1-4, Total: 4 | Show: 10 | Right Page 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10 / 11 / 12 / 13 / 14 / 15 / 16 / 17 / 18 / 19 / 20 / 21 / 22 / 23 / 24 / 25 / 26 / 27 / 28 / 29 / 30 / 31 / 32 / 33 / 34 / 35 / 36 / 37 / 38 / 39 / 40 / 41 / 42 / 43 / 44 / 45 / 46 / 47 / 48 / 49 / 50 / 51 / 52 / 53 / 54 / 55 / 56 / 57 / 58 / 59 / 60 / 61 / 62 / 63 / 64 / 65 / 66 / 67 / 68 / 69 / 70 / 71 / 72 / 73 / 74 / 75 / 76 / 77 / 78 / 79 / 80 / 81 / 82 / 83 / 84 / 85 / 86 / 87 / 88 / 89 / 90 / 91 / 92 / 93 / 94 / 95 / 96 / 97 / 98 / 99 / 100 Node: The number of recording channels supported varies by the NVR model. Please refer to the information on http://www.QGAPSECURR.com/ before purchasing or activating the license on the NVR. The maximum number of recording channels supported is for reference only. The actual recording performance may vary depending on the IP cameras, video contents, network bandwidth, recording settings, and other running applications on the NVR. Please contact an authorized reseller or the camera vendors for more information.

7.7 On-line Users List (Only for Upgrade from Previous

Version)

This page shows the informaon of the users before you upgraded to QVR 5.0, e.g. the user name, IP address, and login me.

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management (Archived) Historical User List Display the information of the users that have accessed the system via networking services Login Date - Login Time Users Source IP Computer name Connection Accessed Resources 2014-06-23 09:30:44 admin 10.65.12.101 --- HTTP Monitoring 2014-06-23 09:30:46 admin 10.65.12.101 ceylenzeng-pc2 Samba record_nvr 2014-06-23 09:30:47 admin 10.65.12.101 ceylenzeng-pc2 Samba record_nvr_alarm 2014-06-23 09:30:44 admin 10.65.12.101 --- HTTP Administration 2014-06-23 09:46:11 admin 10.65.12.101 --- HTTP Monitoring 2014-06-23 09:46:21 admin 10.65.12.101 ceylenzeng-pc2 Samba record_nvr 2014-06-23 09:46:21 admin 10.65.12.101 ceylenzeng-pc2 Samba record_nvr_alarm 2014-06-23 09:46:11 admin 10.65.12.101 --- HTTP Administration 2014-06-23 10:09:13 admin 10.65.9.9 --- HTTP Monitoring 2014-06-23 09:46:42 Anonymous 127.0.0.1 --- HTTP Monitoring Display Item: 1-10, Total: 21 Show 10 Items

Please Note: The logs are currently only available in English.

8. Backup & Expansion

8.1 External Backup

The NVR supports instant and scheduled data backup between the internal disk volumes on the NVR and external USB storage devices. To use this feature, follow the steps below.

Backup & Expansion External Backup One Touch Video Backup Remote Replication Storage Expansion The external backup function allows you to copy the video files from the local disk volume to an external storage device. You can create a backup job and back up the data to the external storage device on the specific port. Create a Job Task / Backup Frequency Status Action

  1. Connect one or more external storage devices to the USB interfaces of the NVR.
  2. Click "Create a job".
  3. When the wizard is shown, read the instrucons carefully and click "Next".

Create a Job

Synchronization Job Wizard

This wizard helps you create a sync job through the following steps.

  1. Connect to an external storage device.

  2. Configure real-time or scheduled sync options.

Click "Next" to start.

Step 1/7

Next

Cancel

  1. Select the backup locaons.

A. Select an external disk volume* from the drop-down menu. The NVR supports EXT3, EXT4, FAT, NTFS, and HFS+ le systems. The general informaon of the storage device will be shown.

B. Click "Next".

  1. Congure the replicaon schedule.

Create a Job Replication Schedule ● Back up Now ○ Schedule The "External Device Backup" feature will back up new files, files that have been modified or renamed within the scheduled period. Hourly 00 : 10 Step 3/7 Back Next Cancel

Choose between immediate backup and scheduled backup. The opons are:

A. Back up Now: Immediately copies les that are dierent from the source folder to the target folder.

B. Schedule: Copies les that are new, changed, and renamed from the source folder to the target folder according to the schedule.

- Hourly: Select the minute when an hourly backup should be executed, e.g. select 01 to execute the backup job every rst minute of an hour, 1:01, 2:01, 3:01...

- Daily: Specify the me when a daily backup should be executed, e.g. 02:02 every day.

• Weekly: Select a day of the week and the me when a weekly backup should be executed.

• Periodically: Enter the me interval in hour and minute that the backup job should be executed. The minimum me interval is 5 minutes.

C. Click "Next".

  1. If you choose "Back up Now" and click "Next," you can congregate the backup sengs as below.

Create a Job Backup Settings Channel Backup Channel Settings The system will back up all recording channels by default if the channel backup settings are not changed. Backup Period The system will back up all the recording files on the specified days by default if the backup period setting remains unchanged. ● Back up recording files for the last 3 day(s). ○ Configure the time period for backup 2013/12/22 8 (00:00) ~ 2013/12/24 8 (23:59) Period Settings Step 4/7 Back Next Cancel

A. Congure backup channel.

If the backup channel sengs are not changed, the system will back up all recording channels by default.

You can click "Backup channel" to conjure the backup channels.

Configuring Backup Channels Available Channels Selected Channels Ch1 - Camera 1 Ch2 - Camera 4 Ch4 - Camera 4 Ch7 - Camera 4 Ch8 - Camera 4 Ok Cancel

B. Congure backup duraon and les

If the backup duraon sengs are not changed, the system will back up all of the recording les on the specied days by default.

- Set the number of days that the latest recordings should be backed up. If 3 days are entered, the recordings of today, yesterday and the day before yesterday will be backed up.

• Or set the me period for backup.

- You can click "Backup duraon and les" to conjure the backup duraon and les.

Configuring Backup Period Regular Recording: Alarm Recording: Alarm and Regular: Inactive: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Include auto snapshots Ok Cancel

Enable "Include auto snapshots" to also copy the auto snapshot les when the recordings are congured to back up.

C. Click "Next".

  1. If you choose "Schedule," you can congregate the backup sengs as below.

Create a Job Backup Settings Channel Backup Channel Settings The system will back up all recording channels by default if the channel backup settings are not changed. Backup Period The system will back up all the recording files on the specified days by default if the backup period setting remains unchanged. Period Settings Step 4/7 Back Next Cancel

A. Congure backup channel.

If the backup channel sengs are not changed, the system will back up all of the recording channels by default.

You can click "Backup channel" to conjure backup channels.

Configuring Backup Channels Available Channels Selected Channels Ch1 - Camera 1 Ch2 - Camera 4 Ch4 - Camera 4 Ch7 - Camera 4 Ch8 - Camera 4 Ok Cancel

B. Congure backup duraon

If the backup duraon sengs are not changed, the system will back up all of the recording les on the specied days by default.

- You can click "Backup duraon and les" to conjure backup duraon and les

Configuring Backup Period Regular Recording: Alarm Recording: Alarm and Regular: Inactive: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Include auto snapshots Ok Cancel

Enable "Include auto snapshots" to also copy the auto snapshot les when the recordings are congured to back up.

C. Click "Next".

  1. Advanced Settings include the ability to overwrite old recordings and to enable password protecon.

Advanced Settings

√ Overwrite the oldest recordings
√ Enable password protection

Confirm password

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Advanced Settings - 1

Step 4/7

Back

Next

Cancel

  1. Enter a name for the backup job. A job name supports up to 63 characters; it cannot start or end with a space. Click "Next".

Create a Job Please enter a name for the backup task USBDisk1 Specify a name for the sync job. It is a required field and cannot be empty. Step 5/7 Back Next Cancel

  1. Conrm the setngs and click "Next".

Create a Job Confirm Settings Job Name: USBDisk1 Backup Location: USBDisk1 Task type: Hourly Channel: 1,2,4,7,8 Backup Schedule: 00:10 Step 6/7 Back Next Cancel

  1. Click "Finish" to exit the wizard.

8.2 One Touch Video Backup

This opon is valid only for series with a One Touch Video Backup buon.

Enable this opon to allow users to connect an external storage device to the front USB port and press the "One Touch Video Backup" buon to back up recording les.

Backup Key Parameter External Backup One Touch Video Backup Remote Exploration Storage Environment Enable One Touch Video Backup Enable this feature, connect an external double device to the front USB port and press the "One Touch Video Backup" button in back-up recording file. Channel Backup This button will back up all recording channels to default. If the channel backup settings are not changed. Close BackUp... Backup Schedule This button will back up all recording files on the specified days by default. If the backup duration and file settings remain unchanged. - Back up recording lines for the next 30 days - Configure the data packet for backup. Prepaid updates... Backup Control - Enable alarm cluster Advanced Settings - Overwrite the affected recordings - Enable password protection - Confirm password New: Backup: From and then do the "One Touch Video Backup" button for your seconds and relatives this location (if the alarm cluster is enabled), you will have a client help, meaning that the backup task has started. This USB (RS) light will block when data loading is in progress. Private card will be backup back - a Bluetooth (but USB (RS) light will maximize blocks.)

To use this funcon, please follow the steps below:

  1. Connect a USB storage device, for example, a USB disk drive to the front USB port of the NVR.
  2. Enable the opon "Enable One Touch Video Backup."
  3. Congure backup channel.

If the backup channel sengs are not changed, the system will back up all recording channels by default.

You can click "Backup channel" to conjure the backup channels.

Configuring Backup Channels

Available Channels Selected Channels Ch1 - 1. IQeye IQ712D Ch2 - 2. QNAP VCAM Ch3 - 3 . Axis P1355 Ch5 - 5. Vivotek IP8132 Ch8 - 8. IQeye IQ732N Ch9 - 9. IQeye IQ732N

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Configuring Backup Channels - 2

4. Congure backup duraon and les

If the backup duraon sengs are not changed, the system will back up all of the recording les on the specied days by default.

A. Set the number of days that the latest recordings should be backed up. If 3 days are entered, the recordings of today, yesterday and the day before yesterday will be backed up.
B. Or set the me period for backup.
C. You can click "Backup duraon and les" to conjure backup duraon and les.

Configuring Backup Period

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Configuring Backup Period - 1
√ Include auto snapshots in the specified period

Ok Cancel

Enable "Include auto snapshots" to also copy the auto snapshot les when the recordings are congured to back up.

  1. Advanced Settings include the ability to overwrite old recordings and to enable password protecon.

Advanced Settings

√ Overwrite the oldest recordings

√ Enable password protection

Confirm password

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Advanced Settings - 1

Step 4/7

Back

Next

Cancel

When "Enable password protecon" is applied, you will need to enter the

password to playback recording les via

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Advanced Settings - 2

  1. Click "Apply".

  2. Press and hold the video backup buon for 3 seconds and the NVR will immediately start copying the recording data to the USB device. If the USB device is recognized, the USB LED will glow blue. The USB LED will ash blue when the data is being copied. The LED will turn o aer the data has been copied. Then users can safely remove the device.

Note: Only USB devices with at least 10GB storage capacity are supported by this video backup funcon.

Buzzer Control

Aer enabling the alarm buzzer, if you hear one short beep, it means 'Backup has started.

8.3 Remote Replication

Use the remote replicaon feature to copy the recording data of the local NVR to a remote QNAP network aached storage (NAS). The remote QNAP NAS is hereaer referred to as 'the remote storage device'.

Note: Before using this funcon, make sure the Microso networking service of the remote storage device is enabled, and the corresponding path and user access right has been correctly congured.

  1. Login to the QVR desktop and go to 'Backup & Expansion' > 'Remote Replicaon'.

Remote Replication Enable Remote Replication Back up alarm recordings only (instead of all recordings) Back up the recordings of the last 1 day(s) only Remote Destination Remote Host IP Address: 10.65.11.28 Destination Path (Network Share/Directory) Public / RR for 11.8 User Name: jason Password: *** Remote Host Testing Test (Status:...) Replication Schedule Daily 00 : 00 Weekly Sunday Apply Stop running task

  1. Enable remote replicaon (supports mulple choices)

Enable Remote Replication ✓ Back up alarm recordings only (instead of all recordings) □ Back up the recordings of the last 3 day(s) only

In the above example, the NVR only copies the alarm recording data of the latest 3 days to the remote storage device.

- Select 'Enable remote replicaon' to acvate this feature. The NVR will execute an automac backup of the recording data to the remote storage device according to the sengs.

  • Select 'Back up alarm recordings only (instead of all recordings)', the NVR will only copy the alarm recording data to the remote storage device. If this option is unselected, the NVR will back up all of the recording data to the remote storage device.
  • Select 'Back up the recordings of the latest...day(s) only' and enter the number of days, the NVR will back up the latest recording data to the remote storage device automacally according to the sengs. If this opon is unselected, the NVR will copy all of the recording data to the remote storage device.

3. Congure the remote storage server

Remote Destination

Remote Host IP Address:

Destination Path (Network Share/Directory)

User Name:

Password:

Remote Host Testing

/ Test (Status:---)

Enter the IP address, path, user name and password of the remote storage device.

Note: It is recommended to execute the 'Remote host tesng' funcon to verify the conncon to the remote storage device is successful.

4. Congure the remote replicaon schedule

Remote Destination

Remote Host IP Address:

Destination Path (Network Share/Directory)

User Name:

Password:

Remote Host Testing

/ Test (Status:---)

For example, to enable the NVR to copy the recording data automacally to the remote storage device at 01:15 every Monday, please do the following: Select 'Replicaon Schedule', select 'Weekly', enter 01 Hour: 15 minute, and select 'Monday'.

5. Select the backup opons

Replication Now

☐ Overwrite the oldest recordings when the available storage on the remote host is less than 4GB
☐ Perform mirroring replication by deleting extra files on the remote destination

Note: When remote replication is in process, the recording performance will be decreased

  • Select 'Replicaon Now', the NVR will back up the recording data to the remote storage device immediately.
  • Select 'Overwrite the oldest recordings when the available storage on the remote host is less than 4GB'; the NVR will overwrite the oldest recording data when the free space on the server is less than 4GB.
  • Select 'Perform mirroring replicaon by deleng extra les on the remote replicaon', the NVR will synchronize the recording data between itself and the remote storage device and delete any extra les on the remote storage device.

When the above opons are all selected and remote replicaon is executed, the NVR will do the following:

i. The NVR checks if there are les on the remote storage device that are dierent from the local source. If yes, the dierenated les will be deleted.
ii. Next, the NVR checks the free space of remote storage device. If the free space is larger than 4GB, the remote replicaon will be executed immediately.
iii. If the free space of the remote storage device is less than 4GB, the NVR will overwrite the recording data of the oldest day and then executes the remote replicaon.

  1. The NVR displays the latest 10 remote replicaon records.
Start Time -Finish TimeReplicated Data SizeStatus
2014-06-15 00:00...2014-06-15 02:17...801.3 MByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-06-12 21:34...2014-06-14 00:04...13.37 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-06-05 16:00...2014-06-06 11:16...13.98 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-05-26 00:28...2014-05-26 06:33...3.13 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-05-19 00:00...2014-05-21 11:53...37.09 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-05-12 00:00...2014-05-17 11:37...79.05 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-05-05 00:00...2014-05-05 13:35...8.20 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)
2014-04-29 15:38...2014-04-29 20:57...3.98 GByte(s)Aborted (The remote replication was cancelled)
2014-04-26 23:43...2014-04-27 15:01...7.16 GByte(s)Failed (Remote access error)

In the above example:

  • When the status is shown as 'Failed (Remote access error)': Check to see if the remote storage device is running and if the network sengs are correct.
  • When the status is shown as 'Failed (An internal error occurred)': Check the hard drive status of the NVR and view the Event Logs.

Note: The me required by the NVR to replicate the data to the remote storage device varies depending on the network environment. If the remote replicaon takes too long, some recording les may be overwritten by the NVR. To avoid this, it is recommended to refer to the status messages to analyze the me required for the remote replicaon and adjust the replicaon schedule accordingly.

8.4 Storage Expansion

Without a doubt, storage plays a significant role in the eld of digital surveillance. However, users everywhere are facing the challenge of storage capacity for long-term recording. Now, QNAP Security has introduced the storage expansion feature to eliminate this problem. Making the right storage decision with regard to storage expansion is truly important to save money & me for all users. The various QNAP Turbo NAS models are the soluon that expands on the storage capacity of the NVR to save more recording les. The storage expansion can provide up to 64TB (16-bay model) additional space per channel, totaling more than 200TB. Integraon of both QNAP devices can help users easily save a significant amount of recording les.

Key features:

  1. Addressing user needs: Users can expand their storage capacity based on their needs.
  2. Reducing expense: This is a cost-eecve choice for expanding storage capacity.
  3. Highly scalable for future storage expansion.

Limitaons and Restricons:

  1. Currently, Storage Expansion is only supported by the VioStor Pro(+) series and QNAP x86-based NAS models (with rmware version v4.0.2 and above), and they are required to be set on the same LAN.
  2. A gigabit switch is required for this applicaon.
  3. For NVR and NAS servers located on the same subnet, please always use stac IP addresses and the same subnet mask.
  4. Modicaon on storage expansion related sengs is not supported on local display.
  5. The le moving process between the NVR and NAS will be completed even if it is suddenly interrupted (for example, the desnaon folder is deleted). For example, the cache count is set to six hours. The desnaon is changed to none in the middle of the processing. When this happens, the NVR will sll move recording les to the NAS unl the enre process is nished.

Note:

In order to ensure that Storage Expansion can be executed during the recording

process, please be advised to esmate the limitaon on network throughput for specific VioStor NVR series.

The following is suggested limitaon of the network throughput for specic NVR models:

VS-8100 Pro+/8100U-RP Pro (+)/12100U-RP Pro (+) series: 360 Mbps.

VS-2100 Pro+/4100 Pro+/6100 Pro+ series: 160 Mbps.

VS-2000 Pro/4000 Pro/6000 Pro series: 90 Mbps.

How to congregate Storage Expansion?

Step 1:

Install the StorageExpansion QPKG on the NAS

Note: Please visit our download center to download the QPKG. Before installing the QPKG package, please make sure the QPKG is correct, read the instrucons carefully and back up all the important data on the NAS.

1. Download

and unzip the StorageExpansion package.

To install the QPKG, please click "Browse" to select the correct QPKG le and click "INSTALL".

App Center My Apps All Apps ONAP Select Recommended Beta Lab Partners Backup/Sync Business Content Management Communications Download Tools Download Entertainment Surveillance Utilised Education StorageExpansion 1.3.3 Launch Surveillance Station Pro Surveillance Launch

Disable: disable the StorageExpansion QPKG.

Remove: remove the StorageExpansion QPKG.

to connect to the webpage and congure the sengs.

Check available NVRs on the list and their status on this page.

Storage Expansion NVR List NVR MAC Address NVR IP Address NVR Port NVR Destination Folder Status 00089BDA00DE 192.168.7.29 80 12164SEREP Delete Page 1 of 1 10 NVR 1 - 1 of 1

StatusDescription
Connection Success
Failure of storage expansion due to incorrect storage expansion assignments (please check your setting on the storage expansion page.)
Failure of storage expansion because Subnet Mask setting of NAS and NVR should be the same.
Failure of storage expansion as the HVR (MAC address) is changed.
Failure of storage expansion because no NVR is found.

Note: The status of an NVR will become aer storage expansion assignment is completed.

Step2:

Please make sure that the StorageExpansion QPKG has been installed on the NAS and enable Storage Expansion.

1. Go to

"Camera Seng" → "Storage Expansion" to congure relevant setngs on the page.

Backup & Expansion External Backup One Touch Video Backup Remote Replication Storage Expansion Overview Storage Expansion Assignment NAS List Add Add Running Create a Job Status IP Address Destination Volume Total Size Free Size Recording Storage Details Recording Storage Details Recording Time Period Action

2. Click

"Overview" then the "Add" button.

Overview Storage Expansion Assignment NAS List Add Edit Remove Create a Job Status IP Address Destination Volume Total Size Free Size Recording Storage Details Recording Storage Details Recording Time Period Action

Please enter the IP, port, username, password, desnaon, volume and cache count for the NAS.

Add NAS

NAS IP Address:

Port:

User Name:

Password:

Destination:

Volume:

Backup buffer:

8080

Select a disk volume

6

Apply

Cancel

Note:

Desnaon Folder: The folder created on the NAS to save recording les.

Volume: The volume assigned for storage expansion.

Backup buer: The me period for recording les to be moved to the NAS. The range is from 2-48 hours.

3. Cong NAS:

Modify NAS sengs on this page.

Config NAS NAS IP Address: 10.11.14.151 Port: 8060 User Name: admin Password: ****** Destination: reylonfmed Volume: Select a volume... Cache Count: 48 Query Volume Hours Apply Cancel

4. Click "Storage

Expansion Assignment" to choose a NAS as the storage unit for each channel.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Click "Storage - 1

Storage Expansion Assignment
ChannelCamera NameNAS IP AddressDestinationAction
11. Sony P110.65.11.27sin9527110
22. Sony CS1110.65.11.27sin9527110
33. Sony CS1010.65.11.27sin9527110
44. Sony Z2010.65.11.27sin9527110
55. Sony EM60010.65.11.27sin9527110
66. Sony CS5010.65.11.27sin9527110
77. Sony P510.65.11.27sin9527110
88. Sony RZ2S10.65.11.27sin9527110
99. Sony RZ3010.65.11.27sin9527110
1010. Sony RZ5010.65.11.27sin9527110
1111. Sony RX55010.65.11.27sin9527110
1212. Sony SNC-DF4010.65.11.27sin9527110

Review all of the congured sengs and recording storage details under "Overview".

Database Storage Experiences (system) MS-14 SQL Status IP ADDRESS Description Volume Total Size Free Size Status 0 10.32.28.172 join_key_3 NA NA NA 0 10.32.29.152 ORR NA NA 0 10.45.11.27 add527110 2.06 TB 195.94 GB Recording Manager Details Recording Group Details Recording Time Period Active (01) 1. Sany F1 Location 2014/07/12 - 2014/07/15 N/A: 10.45.11.27 N/A (01) 3. Sany CS01 Location N/A N/A N/A (01) 3. Sany CS02 Location 2014/07/12 - 2014/07/15 N/A N/A (01) 3. Sany CS03 Location 2014/07/12 - 2014/07/15 N/A N/A (01) 3. Sany CS04

9.1.1 General Settings

System Administration

Enter the name of the NVR. The NVR name supports maximum 14 characters and can be a combinaon of the alphabets (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dash (-). Space (), period (.), or pure number are not allowed.

Enter a port number for the system management. The default port is 80. If you are not sure about this seng, use the default port number.

Enable Secure Connecon (SSL)

To allow the users to connect the NVR by HTTPS, turn on secure conncon (SSL) and enter the port number. If the opon “Force secure conncon (SSL) only” is turned on, the users can only connect to the web administraon page by HTTPS conncon.

Control Panel Overview System Settings System Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update Backup / Rations External Device System Status System Logs Privilege Settings Network Services System Administration View... Server Name: VisitBarHR (IP Address: 01.6.65.348) You can change the default port number (HTTP) for web-administration. System port: 40 Enable secure connection (SSL) Port Number: 443 Porta secure connection (SSL) only Note: After enabling the "Porta secure connection (SSL) only" option, the Web Administration can only be connected via https. Apply... www.nl

Time

Adjust the date, me, and me zone according to the locaon of the NVR. If the sengs are incorrect, the following problems may occur:

The display time of the recordings will be incorrect.
The time of the event log displayed will be inconsistent with the actual time when an action occurs.

Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically

Turn on this option to synchronize the date and time of the NVR automatically with an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server. Enter the IP address or domain name of the NTP server, for example, time.nist.gov, time.windows.com. Then enter the time interval for synchronization. This option can be used only when the NVR is connected to the Internet.

Disable RTC synchronization

Disable this option to enable RTC synchronization.

Note: A real-time clock (RTC) is a computer clock (most often in the form of an integrated circuit) that keeps track of the current time.

Set the server time the same as your computer time

To synchronize the time of the NVR with the computer time, click "Update" next to this option.

Current data and time: 2014/04/24 18:24:39 Thursday Time zone: (Left) (Right) (Left) (Right)

9.1.2 Storage Manager

Volume Management

This page shows the model, size, and current status of the hard drives on the NVR.

You can format and check the hard drives, and scan the bad blocks on the hard drives.

When the hard drives have been formaed, the NVR will create the following default share folders:

mp4: The shared folder for MP4 Recordings App.
record_export: The shared folder for Recording Export Pro APP.
record_nvr: The default shared folder for regular recording les.
record_nvr_alarm: The default shared folder for alarm recording les.
snapshot: The default shared folder for auto snapshot.

Note: The default shared folders of the NVR are created on the rst disk volume and the directory cannot be changed.

Disk ConguraonApplied NVR Models
Single disk volumeAll models
RAID 02-drive models or above
RAID 1, JBOD (just a bunch of disks)2-drive models or above
RAID 5, RAID 6, RAID 5+hot spare4-drive models or above
RAID 6+hot spare5-drive models or above
RAID 104-drive models or above
RAID 10+hot spare5-drive models or above
Single Disk VolumeEach hard drive is used as a standalone disk. If a hard drive is damaged, all the data will be lost.
JBOD (Just a bunch of disks)JBOD is a collecon of hard drives that does not oer any RAID protecon. The data are wrien to the physical disks sequenally. The total storage capacity is equal to the sum of the capacity of all member hard drives.QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Storage Manager - 1
RAID 0 Striping Disk VolumeRAID 0 (striping disk) combines 2 or more hard drives into one larger volume. The data is wrien to the hard drive without any parity informaon and no redundancy is oered.The total storage capacity of a RAID 0 disk volume is equal toQNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Storage Manager - 2
the sum of the capacity of all member hard drives.
RAID 1 Mirroring Disk VolumeRAID 1 duplicates the data between two hard drives to provide disk mirroring. To create a RAID 1 array, a minimum of 2 hard drives are required.The storage capacity of a RAID 1 disk volume is equal to the size of the smallest hard drive.QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Storage Manager - 3
RAID 5 Disk VolumeThe data are striped across all the hard drives in a RAID 5 array.The parity informaon is distributed and stored across each hard drive. If a member hard drive fails, the array enters degraded mode. Aer installing a new hard drive to replace the failed one, the data can be rebuilt from other member drives that contain the parity informaon.To create a RAID 5 disk volume, a minimum of 3 hard drives are required.The storage capacity of a RAID 5 array is equal to (N-1) * (size of smallest hard drive). N is the number of hard drives in the array.QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Storage Manager - 4
RAID 6 Disk VolumeThe data are striped across all the hard drives in a RAID 6 array.RAID 6 diers from RAID 5 that a second set of parity informaon is stored across the member drives in the array. It tolerates failure of two hard drives.To create a RAID 6 disk volume, a minimum of 4 hard drives are required. The storage capacity of a RAID 6 array is equal to (N-2) * (size of smallest hard drive). N is the number of hard drives in the array.QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Storage Manager - 5
RAID 10 Disk VolumeRAID 10 combines four or more disks in a way that protects data against loss of non-adjacent disks. It provides security by mirroring all data on a secondary set of disks while using striping across each set of disks to speed up data transfers.RAID 10 requires an even number of hard drives (minimum 4 hard drives). The storage capacity of RAID 10 disk volume is equal to (size of the smallest capacity disk in the array) * N/2. N is the number of hard drives in the volume.QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Storage Manager - 6

RAID Management

You can perform online RAID capacity expansion (RAID 1, 5, 6, 10) and online RAID level migraon (single disk, RAID 1, 5, 10), add a hard drive member to a RAID 5, 6, or 10 conguraon, conjure a spare hard drive (RAID 5, 6, 10) with the data retained, enable Bitmap, recover a RAID conguraon, and set a global spare on this page.

General Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Action Disk / Volume Total Size Bitmap Status RAID 5 Disk Volume: Drive 4 8 12 3693.71 GB no Ready

To expand the storage capacity of a RAID 10 volume, you can perform online RAID capacity expansion or add an even number of hard disk drives to the volume.

Expand Capacity (Online RAID Capacity Expansion)

Scenario

You bought three 250GB hard drives for initial setup of a NVR and congured RAID 5 disk conguraon with the three hard drives.

A half year later, the data size of the department has largely increased to 1.5TB. In other words, the storage capacity of the NVR is running out of use. At the same me, the price of 1TB hard drives has dropped to a large extent.

Operaon procedure

In "Storage Manager" > "RAID Management", select the disk volume for expansion and click "Expand Capacity".

Action Expand Capacity Add Hard Drive Migrates Configure Space Drive Enable Bitmap Recover Global Space Total Size Bitmap Status 459.13 GB=no Ready

Click "Change" for the rst hard drive to be replaced. Follow the instrucons to proceed.

Expand Capacity Change Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER 232.89 GB Ready You can replace this drive. Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER 232.89 GB Ready You can replace this drive. Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER 232.89 GB Ready You can replace this drive. Source Disk Volume: RAID 3 Disk Volume: Drive 1 2 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB (and under). Expand Capacity Back

Tip: Aer replacing the hard drive, the descripon eld shows "You can replace this drive". This means you can replace the hard drive to a larger one or skip this step if the hard drives have been replaced already.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Operaon procedure - 3

Cauon: When the hard drive synchronizaon is in process, do NOT turn o the NVR or plug in or unplug the hard disk drives.

When the descripon displays "Please remove this drive", remove the hard drive from the NVR. Wait for the NVR to beep twice aer removing the hard drive.

Expand Capacity Cancel Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER_ 232.89 GB Ready Please remove this drive. Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER_ 232.89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d_ Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER_ 232.89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d_ Source Disk Volume: RAID 5 Disk Volume: Drive 1 2 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB (and under). Expand Capacity Back

When the descripon displays "Please insert the new drive", plug in the new hard drive to the drive slot.

Expand Capacity Change Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 -- -- No Disk Please insert the new drive. Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER... 232.89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d... Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER... 232.89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d... Source Disk Volume: RAID 5 Disk Volume: Drive 1 2 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB (and under). Expand Capacity Back

Aer plugging in the hard drive, wait for the NVR to beep. The system will start rebuilding.

Expand Capacity Change Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 Seagate ST31000528AS 931.51 GB Rebuilding (0%) No operation can be executed on this d... Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER... 232.89 GB Rebuilding (0%) No operation can be executed on this d... Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ER... 232.89 GB Rebuilding (0%) No operation can be executed on this d... Source Disk Volume: RAID 5 Disk Volume: Drive 1 2 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB (and under). Expand Capacity Back

Aer rebuilding has completed, repeat the steps above to replace other hard drives.

Aer changing the hard drives and disk rebuilding has completed, click "Expand Capacity" to execute RAID capacity expansion.

Expand Capacity Change Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 Seagate ST31000528AS CC_ 931.51 GB Ready You can replace this drive. Drive 2 Seagate ST31000528AS CC_ 931.51 GB Ready You can replace this drive. Drive 3 Seagate ST31000528AS CC_ 931.51 GB Ready You can replace this drive. Source Disk Volume: RAID 5 Disk Volume: Drive 1 2 3 You can expand the disk volume capacity to approximately 1862 GB The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB (and under). Expand Capacity Back

Click "OK" to proceed.

The NVR beeps and starts to expand the capacity.

Disk / Volume Total Size Bitmap Status RAID 5 Disk Volume: Drive 1 2 3 459.13 GB no Expanding... (12%) - 00:00:20

The process may take from hours to tens of hours to nish depending on the drive size. Please wait paently for the process to nish. Do NOT turn o the power of the NVR.

Aer RAID capacity expansion has nished, the new capacity is shown and the status is "Ready". You can start to use the NVR. (In the example you have 1.8TB logical volume.)

Tip: If the descripon sll shows "You can replace this hard drive" and the status of the drive volume says "Ready", it means the RAID volume is sll expandable.

Migrate (Online RAID Level Migraon)

During the initial setup of the NVR, you bought a 250GB hard drive and congured it as single disk.

Aer a period of me, more and more important recordings are saved on the NVR.

There is a rising concern for hard drive damage and data loss. Therefore, you planned to upgrade the disk conguraon to RAID 5.

You can install one hard drive for seng up the NVR and upgrade the RAID level of the NVR with online RAID level migraon in the future. The migraon process can be done without turning o the NVR. All the data will be retained.

You can do the following with online RAID level migraon:

• Migrate the system from single disk to RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 6 or RAID 10

• Migrate the system from RAID 1 to RAID 5, RAID 6 or RAID 10

• Migrate the system from RAID 5 with 3 hard drives to RAID 6

You need to:

• Prepare a hard drive of the same or larger capacity as an exisng drive in the RAID conguraon.

- Execute RAID level migraon (migrate the system from single disk mode to RAID 5 with 4 hard drives).

Go to "Storage Manager" > "Volume Management". The current disk volume conguraon displayed on the page is single disk (the capacity is 250GB).

Plug in the new 250GB hard drives to drive slots 2 and 3 of NVR. The NVR will detect the new hard drives. The status of the new hard drives is "Unmounted".

Current Configuration: Physical Disks Scan now Disk Model Capacity Status SMART Information Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ERM17.0 232.89 GB Ready Good Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ERM17.0 232.89 GB Ready Good Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ERM17.0 232.89 GB Ready Good Drive 4 -- -- No Disk -- Drive 5 -- -- No Disk -- Note that if you are going to install a hard drive (new or used) which has never been installed on the NAS before, the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared. Current Configuration: Logical Volumes Format Check File System Remove Disk / Volume File System Total Size Free Size Status Single Disk: Drive 1 EXT4 229.57 GB 228.52 GB Ready Single Disk: Drive 2 EXT4 229.57 GB 228.88 GB Ready Single Disk: Drive 3 -- -- -- Unmounted

Go to "Storage Manager" > "RAID Management", click "Migrate" from the "Acon."

Action Expand Capacity Add Hard Drive Migrate Configure Spare Drive Bitmap Recover Set Global Spare Total Size Bitmap Status 227.76 GB Ready 227.76 GB Ready Unmounted

Select one or more available drives and the migraon method. The drive capacity aer migraon is shown. Click "Migrate".

Migrate 1. Disk Model Capacity Status Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ERM17.0 232.89 GB Ready Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX-22ERM17.0 232.89 GB Ready Select the migration method: Single Disk Volume >RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume Single Disk Volume >RAID 5 Disk Volume Single Disk Volume >RAID 6 Disk Volume Single Disk Volume >RAID 10 Disk Volume Source Disk Volume: Single Disk: Drive 1 The drive configuration is about to be configured as RAID 5 Disk Volume, The capacity is approximately 461.12GB. Migrate Back

Note that all the data on the selected hard drive will be cleared. Click "OK" to conrm.

When migraon is in process, the required me and total drive capacity aer migraon are shown in the descripon eld.

The NVR will enter “Read only” mode when migraon is in process during 11%–49% to assure the data of the RAID conguraon will be consistent aer RAID migraon completes.

Aer migraon completes, the new drive conguraon (RAID 5) is shown and the status is Ready. You can start to use the new drive conguraon.

The process may take from hours to tens of hours to nish depending on the hard drive size. You can connect to the web page of the NVR to check the status later.

Use Online RAID Capacity Expansion and Online RAID Level Migraon

Add a hard drive

Follow the steps below to add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk conguraon.

  1. Make sure the status of the RAID 5 or RAID 6 conguraon is "Ready".
  2. Install a hard drive on the NVR. If you have a hard drive which has already been

formaed as single disk volume on the NVR, you can add this hard drive to the RAID 5 or RAID 6 conguraon. You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID conguraon.

Select the RAID 5 or RAID 6 conguraon on the "RAID Management" page and

  1. click "Add Hard Drive".

Select the new hard drive member. The total drive capacity aer adding the

  1. drive will be shown. Click "Add Hard Drive."

All the data on the new hard drive member will be deleted during this process.

The data on the original RAID 5 or RAID 6 conguraon will be retained. Click

  1. "OK". The NVR will beep twice.

To add hard drives member to a RAID 10 disk volume, repeat the above steps. Note that you need to add an even number of hard disk drives to a RAID 10 volume. The storage capacity of the RAID 10 volume will increase upon successful conguraon.

This process may take a few hours to tens of hours to complete depending on the number and the size of the hard drive. Please wait paently for the process to nish. Do NOT turn o the NVR during this process. You can use a RAID conguraon of larger capacity aer the process.

Congure Spare Drive

You can add a spare drive to or remove a spare drive from a RAID 5, 6, or 10 conguraon.

Follow the steps below to use this feature.

  1. Make sure the status of the RAID 5, 6, 10 conguraon is "Ready".
    Install a hard drive on the NVR. If you have a hard drive which has already been formed as single disk volume on the NVR, you can congregate this hard drive as the spare drive. You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same
  2. storage capacity for the RAID conguraon.
  3. Select the RAID volume and click "Congure Spare Drive."
    To add a spare drive to the selected conguraon, select the hard drive and click "Congure Spare Drive." To remove a spare drive, unselect the spare drive and
  4. click "Congure Spare Drive."
  5. All the data on the selected hard drive will be deleted. Click "OK" to proceed.

The original data on the RAID 5, 6, or 10 disk volume will be retained. Aer the conguraon completes, the status of the disk volume will become “Ready”.

Note: A hot spare drive must be removed from the disk volume before execung the following acon:

Online RAID capacity
expansion
Online RAID level
migraon
Adding a hard drive member to a RAID 5, RAID 6
or RAID 10 volume

Bitmap

Bitmap improves the me for RAID rebuilding aer an unexpected error, or removing or re-adding a member hard drive of the RAID conguraon. If an array has a bitmap, the member hard drive can be removed and re-added and only blocks changes since the removal (as recorded in the bitmap) will be re-synchronized. To use this feature, select a RAID volume and click “Enable Bitmap”.

Volumes Management PAD Management Hard Disk SMART Action Excel and Capacity Add: Large Value Multiply Configure Store Drive Enable Bitmap Resource Total Size Bitmap Status 5.7 2764.07 GB ms Ready

Note: Bitmap support is only available for RAID 1, 5, 6, and 10.

Recover (RAID Recovery)

RAID Recovery: When the NVR is congured as RAID 1, RAID 5, or RAID 6 and any number of hard drives is unplugged from the NVR accidentally, you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive slots and click “Recover” to recover the volume status from “Not acve” to “Degraded mode”.

If the disk volume is congured as RAID 0 or JBOD and one or more of the hard drive members are disconnected or unplugged, you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive slots and use this funcon to recover the volume status from "Not acve" to "Normal". The disk volume can be used normally aer successful recovery.

Disk volumeSupports RAID recoveryMaximum number of disk removal allowed
SingleNo-
JBODYes1 or more
RAID 0Yes1 or more
RAID 1Yes1 or 2
RAID 5Yes2 or more
RAID 6Yes3 or more
RAID 10No-

Note:

Aer recovering a RAID 1, RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk volume from not acve to degraded mode by the RAID recovery, you can read or write the volume normally. The volume status will be recovered to normal aer synchronizaon. If the disconnected drive member is damaged, the RAID recovery funcon will not work.

Standard RAID 5QNAP RAID 5Standard RAID 6QNAP RAID 6
Degraded modeN-1N-1N-1 & N-2N-1 & N-2
Read Only Protecon (for immediate data backup & hard drivereplacement)N/AN-1, bad blocks found in the surviving hard drives of the array.N/AN-2, bad blocks found in the surviving hard drives of the array.
RAID Recovery (RAID Status: Not Acve)N/AIf re-plugging in all original hard drive to the NVR and they can be spun up, idened, accessed, and the hard drive superblock is not damaged.N/AIf re- plugging in all original hard drives to the NVR and they can be spun up, idened, accessed, and the hard drive superblock is not damaged).
RAID CrashN-2N-2 failed hard drives and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up/idened/accessed.N-3N-3 and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up/idened/accessed.

N = Number of hard disk drives in the array

Further informaon about RAID management of the NVR:

The NVR supports the following acons according to the number of hard disk drives and disk conguraons supported. Please refer to the following table for the details.

Original Disk Conguraon * No. of Hard Disk DrivesNo. of New Hard Disk DrivesAconNew Disk Conguraon * No. of Hard Disk Drives
RAID 5 * 31Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 4
RAID 5 * 32Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 5
RAID 5 * 33Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 6
RAID 5 * 34Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 7
RAID 5 * 35Add hard drivememberRAID 5 * 8
RAID 5 * 41Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 5
RAID 5 * 42Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 6
RAID 5 * 43Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 7
RAID 5 * 44Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 8
RAID 5 * 51Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 6
RAID 5 * 52Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 7
RAID 5 * 53Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 8
RAID 5 * 61Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 7
RAID 5 * 62Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 8
RAID 5 * 71Add hard drive memberRAID 5 * 8
RAID 6 * 41Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 5
RAID 6 * 42Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 6
RAID 6 * 43Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 7
RAID 6 * 44Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 8
RAID 6 * 51Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 6
RAID 6 * 52Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 7
RAID 6 * 53Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 8
RAID 6 * 61Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 7
RAID 6 * 62Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 8
RAID 6 * 71Add hard drive memberRAID 6 * 8
RAID 10 * 42Add hard drive memberRAID 10 * 6
RAID 10 * 44Add hard drive memberRAID 10 * 8
RAID 10 * 62Add hard drive memberRAID 10 * 8
RAID 1 * 21Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 1 * 2
RAID 5 * 31Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 5 * 3
RAID 5 * 41Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 5 * 4
RAID 5 * 51Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 5 * 5
RAID 5 * 61Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 5 * 6
RAID 5 * 71Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 5 * 7
RAID 5 * 81Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 5 * 8
RAID 6 * 41Online RAID capacityexpansionRAID 6 * 4
RAID 6 * 51Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 6 * 5
RAID 6 * 61Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 6 * 6
RAID 6 * 71Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 6 * 7
RAID 6 * 81Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 6 * 8
RAID 10 * 41Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 10 * 4
RAID 10 * 61Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 10 * 6
RAID 10 * 81Online RAID capacity expansionRAID 10 * 8
Single * 11Online RAID level migraonRAID 1 * 2
Single * 12Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 3
Single * 13Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 4
Single * 14Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 5
Single * 15Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 6
Single * 16Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 7
Single * 17Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 8
Single * 13Online RAID levelmigraonRAID 6 * 4
Single * 14Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 5
Single * 15Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 6
Single * 16Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 7
Single * 17Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 8
Single * 13Online RAID level migraonRAID 10 * 4
Single * 15Online RAID level migraonRAID 10 * 6
Single * 17Online RAID level migraonRAID 10 * 8
RAID 1 * 21Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 3
RAID 1 * 22Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 4
RAID 1 * 23Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 5
RAID 1 * 24Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 6
RAID 1 * 25Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 7
RAID 1 * 26Online RAID level migraonRAID 5 * 8
RAID 1 * 22Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 4
RAID 1 * 23Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 5
RAID 1 * 24Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 6
RAID 1 * 25Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 7
RAID 1 * 26Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 8
RAID 1 * 22Online RAID level migraonRAID 10 * 4
RAID 1 * 24Online RAID level migraonRAID 10 * 6
RAID 1 * 26Online RAID level migraonRAID 10 * 8
RAID 5 * 31Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 4
RAID 5 * 32Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 5
RAID 5 * 33Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 6
RAID 5 * 34Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 7
RAID 5 * 35Online RAID level migraonRAID 6 * 8

Hard Disk S.M.A.R.T

Monitor the hard disk drives (HDD) health, temperature, and the usage status by HDD S.M.A.R.T. (Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporng Technology).

The following informaon of each hard drive on the NVR is available.

FieldDescripon
SummaryDisplay the hard drive S.M.A.R.T. summary and the latest test result.
Hard disk informaonDisplay the hard drive details, for example, model, serial number, HDD capacity.
SMART informaonDisplay the hard drive S.M.A.R.T. informaon. Any items that the values are lower than the threshold are regarded as abnormal.
TestPerform quick or complete hard drive S.M.A.R.T. test.
SengsCongure temperature alarm. When the hard drive temperature is over the preset values, the NVR records the error logs.You can also set the quick and complete test schedule. The latest test result is shown on the Summary page.

Volume Management RAID Management Hard Disk SMART Monitor hard disk health, temperature, and usage status by the hard disk S.M.A.R.T. mechanism. ✓ Issue notification when the disk reaches maximum operation time set below: 30000 Hours Settings Select Hard Disk: Disk 1 Summary Hard Disk Information SMART Information Test Settings Good No errors were detected on the hard disk. Your hard disk should be operating properly. Hard disk model: WDC WD20EVDS-63T3B0 01.0 Drive capacity: 1863.02 GB Hard drive health: Good Temperature: 36°C/96°F HDD I/O Status: Good Test time: --- Test result: Not tested

9.1.3 Network

TCP/IP

(i) IP Address

Congure the TCP/IP sengs, DNS Server and default Gateway of the NVR on this page.

Control Panel Overview System Settings General Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update Backup / Kosovo External Device System Status System Logs Privilege Settings Network Services TCP 00 DNS Server IP Address Refresh First Tracking Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Path Gateway MAC address Ethernet 1x2 No 10-65.9.27 255.255.254.9 10-65.8.1 05.00.00.CR DNS Server Use the following DNS server address: Primary DNS server: 02 .8 .2 .31 Secondary DNS server: 258 .95 .1 .3 Default Gateway Use the settings from Ethernet (1+2) Apply Apply All

Click to edit the network sengs. For the NVR with two LAN ports, users can

connect both network interfaces to two dierent switches and conjure the TCP/IP sengs. The NVR will acquire two IP addresses which allow access from two dierent subnets. This is known as mul-IP sengs*. When using the Finder to detect the NVR IP, the IP of the Ethernet 1 will be shown in LAN 1 only and the IP of the Ethernet 2 will be shown in LAN 2 only. To use the port trunking mode for dual LAN conncon, see secon (iv).

Network Parameters

Under the Network Parameters tab on the TCP/IP Property page, congure the following sengs:

TCP/IP - Property Network Parameters DHCP server Network Speed: Auto-negotiation Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP Use static IP address Fixed IP Address: 10 65 9 27 Subnet Mask: 255 255 254 0 Default Gateway: 10 65 8 1 Jumbo Frame: 1500 Apply Cancel

Network Speed

Select the network transfer rate according to the network environment to which the NVR is connected. Select auto negoaoon and the NVR will adjust the transfer rate automacally.

Obtain the IP address sengs automacally via DHCP

If the network supports DHCP, select this opon and the NVR will automacally obtain the IP address and network sengs.

Use stac IP address

To use a stac IP address for network conncon, enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

Jumbo Frame Sengs (MTU)

“Jumbo Frames” refer to the Ethernet frames that are larger than 1500 bytes. It is designed to enhance Ethernet networking throughput and reduce the CPU ulizaon of large le transfers by enabling more ecient larger payloads per packet.

Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) refers to the size (in bytes) of the largest packet that a given layer of a communicaons protocol can transmit.

The NVR uses standard Ethernet frames: 1500 bytes by default. If the network appliances support Jumbo Frame seng, select the appropriate MTU value for the network environment. The NVR supports 4074, 7418, and 9000 bytes for MTU.

Note: The Jumbo Frame seng is valid in Gigabit network environment only. All the network appliances connected must enable Jumbo Frame and use the same MTU value.

DHCP Server

A DHCP (Dynamic Host Conguraon Protocol) server assigns IP addresses to the clients on a network. Select "Enable DHCP Server" to set the NVR a DHCP server if there is none on the local network where the NVR locates.

Note:

Do not enable DHCP server if there is one the local network to avoid IP

- address conicts or network access errors.

The DHCP server opon is available to Ethernet 1 only when both LAN ports of a dual LAN NVR are connected to the network and Ethernet 1 is assigned

- with a xed IP.

Start IP, End IP, Lease Time: Set the range of IP addresses allocated by the NVR to the DHCP clients and the lease me. The lease me refers to the me that an IP address is leased to the clients. During that me, the IP will be reserved to the assigned client. When the lease me expires, the IP can be assigned to another client.

TCP/IP - Property Network Parameters DHCP server Enable DHCP Server Start IP address: 10,.65,.1,.100 End IP address: 10,.65,.1,.200 Lease Time : 1_day 0 Hour Apply Cancel

(ii) DNS Server

A DNS (Domain Name Service) server translates between a domain name (such as google.com) and an IP address (74.125.31.105). Congure the NVR to obtain a DNS server address automatically or specify the IP address of a DNS server.

Primary DNS Server: Enter the IP address of the primary DNS server. Secondary DNS Server: Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS server.

TCP/IP DDNS Service IP Address Refresh Port Trunking Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Ethernet 1+2 No 10.65.12.111 255.255.254.0 10.65.12.1 00:08:98.D3 DNS Server: Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server address: Primary DNS server: 10 .8 .2 .11 Secondary DNS server: 8 .8 .8 .8 Default Gateway Use the settings from: Ethernet 1+2 Apply Apply All

Note:

Please contact the ISP or network administrator for the IP address of the primary and the secondary DNS servers. When the NVR plays the role as a terminal and needs to perform independent conncon, for example, BT download, enter at least one DNS server IP for proper URL conncon.

  • Otherwise, the funcon may not work properly.
    If you select to obtain the IP address by DHCP, there is no need to congure
  • the primary and the secondary DNS servers. In this case, enter "0.0.0.0".

(iii) Default Gateway

Select the gateway sengs to use if both LAN ports have been connected to the network (dual LAN NVR models only).

(iv) Port Trunking

Applicable to NVR models with two or more LAN ports only.

The NVR supports port trunking which combines two Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth and oers load balancing and fault tolerance (also known as failover). Load balancing is a feature which distributes the workload evenly across two Ethernet interfaces for higher redundancy. Failover is the capability to switch over to a standby network interface (also known as the slave interface) when the primary network interface (also known as the master interface) does not correspond correctly to maintain high availability.

To use port trunking on the NVR, make sure at least two LAN ports of the NVR have been connected to the same switch and the sengs described in seconds (i) and (ii) have been congured.

Follow the steps below to congure port trunking on the NVR:

1

. Click "Port Trunking".

TCP/IP DDNS Service IP Address Refresh Port Trunking Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Ethernet 1+2 No 10.65.12.111 255.255.254.0 10.65.12.1 00:08:98:D3 DNS Server Obtain DNS server address automatically Default Gateway Use the settings from: Ethernet 1+2 Use the following DNS server address: Primary DNS server: 10 8 2 11 Secondary DNS server: 8 8 8 8 Apply Apply All

  1. Select the network interfaces for a trunking group (Ethernet 1+2, Ethernet 3+4, Ethernet 5+6, or Ethernet 7+8). Choose a port trunking mode from the drop-down menu. The default opon is Acve Backup (Failover).

TCP/IP - Port Trunking Select the port trunking membership and mode. Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance. For more information, please click here. Interface Standalone Trunking Group 1 Active Backup Balance-rr Active Backup Balance XOR Broadcast IEEE 802.3ad Balance-tlb Balance-alb Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2 Use the settings from: Ethernet 1 Apply Cancel

  1. Select a port trunking group to use. Click "Apply"

TCP/IP - Port Trunking Select the port trunking membership and mode. Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance. For more information, please click here. Interface Standalone Trunking Group 1 Active Backup Ethernet 1 ○ ○ Ethernet 2 ○ ○ Use the settings from: Trunking Group 1 (Ethernet 1+2) Apply Cancel

  1. Click "here" to connect to the login page.

General Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update TCP/IP Settings The TCP/IP settings are being configured. Please wait and use the following link to connect to the server. If you cannot connect to the server, please use the Finder to find the new IP of the server. Configuration completed. Click here to connect to the login page.

  1. Click the Edit buon under "IP Address" to edit the network sengs.

IP Address Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed HTU all Ethernet (L+2) Yes 10.8.12.153 295.295.254.6 10.8.12.1 00:08:98:CF:05:98 100Mbps 1900

Note: Make sure the Ethernet interfaces are connected to the correct switch and the switch has been congured to support the port trunking mode selected on the NVR.

The port trunking opons available on the NVR:

FieldDescriponSwitch Required
Balance-rr (Round-Robin)Round-Robin mode is good for general purpose load balancing between two Ethernet interfaces. This mode transmits packets in sequenal order from the rst available slave through the last. Balance-rr provides load balancing and fault tolerance.Supports stac trunking. Make sure stac trunking is enabled on the switch.
Acve BackupAcve Backup uses only one Ethernet interface. It switches to the second Ethernet interface if the rst Ethernet interface does not work properly. Only one interface in the bond is acve. The bond's MAC address is only visible externally on one port (network adapter) to avoid confusing the switch. Acve Backup mode provides fault tolerance.General switches
Balance XORBalance XOR balances trac by spling upoutgoing packets between the Ethernet interfaces, using the same one for each specic desnaon when possible. It transmits based on the selected transmit hash policy. The default policy is a simple slave count operang on Layer 2 where the source MAC address is coupled with desnaon MAC address. Alternate transmit policies may be selected via the xmit_hash_policy opon. Balance XOR mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance.Supports stactrunking. Make sure stac trunking is enabled on the switch.
BroadcastBroadcast sends trac on both network interfaces. This mode provides fault tolerance.Supports stac trunking. Make sure stac trunking is enabled on the switch.
IEEE 802.3ad (Dynamic Link Aggregaon)Dynamic Link Aggregaon uses a complex algorithm to aggregate adapters by speed and duplex sengs. It ulizes all slaves in the acve aggregator according to the 802.3ad specicaon. Dynamic Link Aggregaon mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance but requires a switch that supports IEEE 802.3ad with LACP mode properly congured.Supports 802.3ad LACP
Balance-tlb (Adapve Transmit Load Balancing)Balance-tlb uses channel bonding that does not require any special switch. The outgoing trac is distributed according to the current load on each Ethernet interface (computed relave to the speed). Incoming trac is received by the current Ethernet interface. If the receiving Ethernet interface fails, the other slave takes over the MAC address of the failed receiving slave. Balance-tlb mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance.General switches
Balance-alb(Adapve Load Balancing)Balance-alb is similar to balance-tlb but also aempts to redistribute incoming (receive load balancing) for IPV4 trac. This setup does not require any special switch support or conguraon. The receive load balancing is achieved by ARP negoaon sent by the local system on their way out and overwrites the source hardware address with the unique hardware address of one of the Ethernet interfaces in the bond such that dierent peers use dierent hardware address for the server. This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance.General switches

DDNS Service

To allow remote access to the NVR using a domain name instead of a dynamic IP address, enable the DDNS service.

The NVR supports the DDNS providers: hp://www.dyndns.com,

hp://update.ods.org, http://www.dhs.org, hp://www.dyns.cx,

hp://www.3322.org, hp://www.no-ip.com.

9.1.4 Security

Security Level

Specify the IP address or the network domain from which the connecons to the NVR are allowed or denied. When the connecon of a host server is denied, all the protocols of that server are not allowed to connect to the NVR.

Aer changing the sengs, click “Apply” to save the changes. The network services will be restarted and current connecons to the NVR will be terminated.

Certificate & Private Key

The Secure Socket Layer (SSL) is a protocol for encrypted communicaon between the web servers and the web browsers for secure data transfer. You can upload a secure cercate issued by a trusted provider. Aer uploading a secure cercate, users can connect to the administraon interface of the NVR by SSL conncon and there will not be any alert or error message. The NVR supports X.509 cercate and private key only.

Download Cercate: To download the secure cercate which is currently in use.

Download Private Key: To download the private key which is currently in use.

private key to system default. The secure cercate and private key in use will be

overwrien.

Security Level Certificate & Private Key You can upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider. After you have uploaded a secure certificate successfully, you can access the administration interface by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message. If you upload an incorrect secure certificate, you may not be able to login the server via SSL. To resolve the problem, you can restore the secure certificate to default and access the system again. Status:default secure certificate being used Download Certificate Download Private Key Restore Default Certificate & Private Key Certificate:please enter a certificate in X.509PEM format below. View Sample Private Key:please enter a certificate or private key in X.509PEM format below. View Sample

9.1.5 Hardware

Congure the hardware funcons of the NVR.

General

Enable conguraon reset switch

When this funcon is turned on, you can press the reset buon for 3 seconds to reset the administrator password and the system sengs to default. The disk data will be retained.

System

Basic system reset

Advanced system reset

(1 beep)

(2 beeps)

All NVR models

Press the reset buon for 3 sec

Press the reset buon for 10 sec

Basic system reset (3 sec)

Aer pressing the reset buon for 3 seconds, a beep sound will be heard. The following sengs will be reset to default:

System administraon password: admin.

TCP/IP conguraon: Obtain IP address setngs automacally via DHCP.

TCP/IP conguraon: Disable Jumbo Frame.

TCP/IP conguraon: If port trunking is enabled (dual LAN models only), the port trunking mode will be reset to “Active Backup (Failover)”.

System port: 80 (system service port).

Security level: Low (Allow all connecons).

LCD panel password: (blank)*.

*This feature is only provided by the NVR models with LCD panels.

Advanced system reset (10 sec)

Aer pressing the reset buon for 10 seconds, you will hear two beeps at the third and the tenth seconds. The NVR will reset all the system sengs to default as it does by the web-based system reset in “Administration” > “Restore to Factory Default” except all the data are reserved. The sengs such as the users, user groups, and the shared folders previously created will be cleared.

Enable light signal alert when the free size of SATA disk is less than the value: The status LED ashes red and green when this opon is turned on and the free space of the SATA hard drive is less than the value. The valid range of the value is 1-51200 MB.

Enable warning alert for redundant power supply on the web-based interface: If two power supply units (PSU) are installed on the NVR and connected to the power sockets, both PSU will supply the power to the NVR (applied to 1U and 2U models). Turn on the redundant power supply mode in “System Settings” > “Hardware” to receive warning alert for the redundant power supply. The NVR will sound and record the error messages in “System Logs” when the PSU is plugged out or does not correspond correctly.

If only one PSU is installed on the NVR, do NOT enable this opon.

Enable configuration reset switch Enables hard disk standby mode: The status LED will turn off if there is no access within Time: 30 minutes Enables the light signal alert when the free storage size is less than the value (Only support simple volume.) Size: 3072 MB Enable write cache (EXT4 delay allocation) Enable Redundant Power Supply Mode Apply All

* This funcon is disabled by default.

Buzzer

Enable alarm buzzer

Turn on this opon to allow the alarm buzzer to beep when certain system operaons (startup, shutdown, or rmware upgrade) are executed or system events (error or warning) occur.

General Buzzer Smart Fan Enable Alarm Buzzer ✓ System operations (startup, shutdown, and firmware upgrade) ✓ System events (error and warning) Apply All

Smart Fan Conguraon:

Enable smart fan (recommended)

Select to use the default smart fan sengs or dene the sengs manually. When the system default sengs are selected, the fan rotaon speed will be

automacally adjusted when the NVR temperature, CPU temperature, and hard

drive temperature meet the criteria. It is recommended to enable this opon.

Set fan rotaon speed manually

By manually seng the fan rotaon speed, the fan rotates at the dened speed connuously.

9.1.6 Power

Power Recovery

Congure the NVR to resume to the previous power-on or power-o status, turn on, or remain o when the AC power resumes aer a power outage.

Control Panel Overview System Settings General Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update Backup / Restor External Device Systems Status Systems Loga Privilege Settings Network Services Power Return: Assume the server to the previous power-on or power-off status. Turn on the server automatically. The server should return off. Apply Apply off

9.1.7 Notification

E-mail
VisScanVR Control Panel Search Overview System Settings General Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification F-mail SMS SMTP Server SMTP server: Part number: 25 E-mail: Username: Password: Secure connection: None Email Notification Apply All 10:41 Tuesday, June 9 QVR VS-4116UPro+

SMTP Server

The NVR supports email alerts to inform the administrator of system errors and warning. To receive alerts by email, congure the SMTP server.

  • SMTP server: Enter the SMTP server name, for example, smtp.gmail.com.
  • Port number: Enter the port number for the SMTP server. The default port number is 25.
    • E-mail: Enter the email address of the alert recipient.
    • User name and Password: Enter the login information of the email account.
  • Secure conncon: Choose SSL or TLS to ensure a secure conncon between the NVR and SMTP server, or None based on your needs. It is recommended to enable this funcon if the SMTP server supports it.

Email Notification

You can toggle email nocaons for all error events or warning events.

A maximum of ve email addresses are allowed.

The sengs here will be synced with [Surveillance Sengs] -> [Camera Sengs] -> [Event Management] -> E-mail sengs when choosing Tradional Mode.

SMS

SMSC Settings

Congure the SMSC server sengs to send SMS messages to specied phone numbers from the NVR. The default SMS service provider is Clickatell. You can add your own SMS service provider by selecng "Add SMS Provider" from the drop-down menu.

When “Add SMS service provider” is selected, enter the name of the SMS provider and the URL template text.

SMS Notification

You can toggle SMS messages for all error events or warning events.

A maximum of two phone numbers are allowed.

The sengs here will be synced with [Surveillance Sengs] -> [Camera Sengs] -> [Event Management] -> SMS sengs when choosing Tradional Mode..

9.1.8 Firmware Update

Live Update

Select “Automacally check if a newer version is available when logging into the NVR web administraon interface” to allow the NVR to automacally check if a new rmware version is available for download from the Internet. If a new rmware is found, you will be noed aer logging in the NVR as an administrator.

Click "Check for Update" to check if a rmware update is available.

Note that the NVR must be connected to the Internet for these features to work.

Control Panel Overview System Settings General Settings Storage Manager Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update Backup / Restore External Device System Status System Logs Privilege Settings Network Services Live Update Firmware Update Model: V5-81246Pro Current firmware version: 5.0.0 Date: 2014/04/24 Check for Update StatusLast checked 2014/04/24 18:44:19 Automatically check if a newer version is available when logging into the IAFE web administration interface. Apply

Firmware Update

Model: V5-0124Pro Current firmware version: 3.6.0 Date: 2014/04/24 Before updating system firmware, please make sure the product model and firmware version are correct. Follow the steps below to update firmware: 1. Download the release notes of the same version as the firmware has QGAP website http://www.qgapwarts.com; void the release notes carefully to make sure you need to update the firmware. 2. Before updating system firmware, back up all disk data on the server to avoid any potential data loss during system update; 3. Click the [Browse...] button to select the current firmware image for ordinary updates. Click the [Update System] button to update the firmware. Browse... update button System updates may take here of records or several minutes to complete depending on the network tomorrow's status, please exit patients. The system will inform you when current update is completed.

Note: If the system is running properly, you do not need to update the rmware.

Before updang the system rmware, make sure the product model and rmware version are correct. Follow the steps below to update rmware:

Download the release notes of the rmware from the QNAP Security website hp://www.qnapsecurity.com. Read the release notes carefully to make sure it is

  1. required to update the rmware.
  2. Download the NVR rmware and unzip the IMG le to the computer.
    Before updang the system rmware, back up all the disk data on the NVR to
  3. avoid any potential data loss during the system update.
    Click "Browse" to select the correct rmware image for the system update. Click
  4. "Update System" to update the rmware.

The system update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete depending on the network conncon status. Please wait paently. The NVR will inform you when the system update has completed.

Update Firmware by QNAP Qnder

The NVR rmware can be updated by the QNAP Qnder. Follow the steps below:

  1. Select a NVR model and choose "Update Firmware" from the "Tools" menu.

QNAP (Windows 8.1.2) Server Control Settings [Tools] Help Map Network Drive Reset Sensor Shut driver Server Remote Wake Up (Wake On LAN) Search Network Camera WAPP Settings Update Hardware Resource Manager Photo updated Network Provider Other QNet Service Player Service Manager VSM 2000 VS 01-46Pto+ VS-41(6)Pto+ VS-21(2)Pto+ VS-20(2)Pto TVS-470 TS-ECB79U-RP TS-ECB79U-RP TS-EC1679U-SAS-RP TS-879 Pro TS-879 Pro TS-870 Pro TS-870 Pro TS-8690-RP TS-669 Pro TS-659 Pro E VSM 2000 1.1.15 (20140313) 4.2.0 (7426) 5.0.0 (20140419) 4.2.0 (7531) 5.0.0 (20140419) 4.1.0 (20140421) 3.7.3 (20120801) 3.7.3 (20120801) 4.1.0 (20140423) 4.6.5 (20131023) 4.1.0 (20131220) 4.0.7 (20140410) 4.1.0 (20131219) 3.7.3 (20120801) 4.1.0 (20140411) 4.0.5 (20140117) 4.6.8 (20140417)

  1. Login the NVR as an administrator.
  2. Browse and select the rmware for the NVR. Click "Start" to update the system.

Note: The NVR servers of the same model on the same LAN can be updated by the Finder at the same me. Administrator access is required for system update.

Back up System Sengs

To back up all the sengs, including the user accounts, server name, network conguraon and so on, click "Backup" and select to open or save the seng le.

Restore System Sengs

To restore all the sengs, click "Browse" to select a previously saved seng le and click "Restore".

Restore to Factory Default

To reset all the system sengs to default, click "RESET" and then click "OK".

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Restore System Sengs - 1

Cauon: When "RESET" is pressed on this page, all the disk data, user accounts, shared folders, and system sengs will be cleared and restored to default. Always back up all the important data and system sengs before reseng the NVR.

To reset the NVR by the reset button, see "System Setngs" > "Hardware".

Backup/Restore Settings Restore to Factory Default To reset all settings to default, click [Reset]. Caution: When you press [Reset] on this page, all drive data, user accounts, network shares and system settings are cleared and restored to default. Please make sure you have backed up all the important data and system settings before resetting the NVR. Reset:

9.1.10 External Device

External Storage

The NVR supports external USB storage devices* for backup and data storage.

Connect the external storage device to a USB interface of the NVR, when the device is successfully detected, the details will be shown on this page.

Storage Information Format Eject Encryption Management Data Sharing USBDisk1 StoreJet Total:698.63 GB (NTFS) Used:694.64 GB Free:3.99 GB Ready USBDisk2 PI-288 Total:465.76 GB (NTFS) Used:70.25 GB Free:395.51 GB Ready USBDisk3 Generic Total:3.83 GB (EXT4) Used:133.12 MB Free:3.70 GB Ready

Storage Informaon

Select a storage device and click Storage Informaon to check for its details.

Storage Information
Storage NameUSBDisk2
ManufacturerPI-288
ModelUSB 2.0 Drive
Total / Free Size465.76 GB / 395.51 GB
File SystemNTFS
Shared FolderUSBDisk2
Device TypeUSB 2.0
StatusReady

*The number of USB interfaces supported varies by models. Please refer to hp://www.qnapsecurity.com for details.

It may take tens of seconds for the NVR server to detect the external USB device successfully. Please wait paently.

Format

The external storage device can be formed as EXT3, EXT4, FAT32, NTFS, or HFS+ (Mac only) le system. Click "Format" and select the option from the drop-down menu.

The NVR supports external drive encrypon. To encrypt an external storage device, click “Encrypon”. Select the encrypon method: AES 128-, 192- or 256-bit and enter the password (8-16 characters). Select “Save encrypon key” to save the password in a hidden locaon on a hard drive of the NVR. The NVR will unlock the encrypted external storage device automacally every me the device is connected. Click Format to proceed.

Format External Storage Drive File System: EXT4 Mainly for NAS and Linux/UNIX environment Encryption: AES 128 bits Password: ...... Verify Password: ...... ✓ Save encryption key Format Cancel

Click "OK" and all the data will be cleared.

All disk data will be removed. Are you sure? OK Cancel

The device will be "Ready" aer disk inializaon.

USBDisk3 Generic Total:3.83 GB (EXT4) Used:133.12 MB Free:3.70 GB Ready

Eject

"Eject" oers two dierent opons. "Disconnect disk paron" allows you to remove a single disk paron or a disk drive in a mul-drive enclosure. "Remove external device" allows you to disconnect external storage devices without the risk of losing any data when the device is removed.

First choose a device to eject, click "Eject" and then to disconnect the disk paron or remove the device.

Storage Information Format Eject Encryption Management Data Sharing USBDisk1 StoreJet Total:698.63 GB (NTFS) Used:694.64 GB Free:3.99 GB Ready USB PI-208 Total:465.76 GB (NTFS) Used:70.25 GB Free:395.51 GB Ready Disconnect disk partition Remove device

Encrypon management

If an external storage device is encrypted by the NVR, the buon “Encrypon Management” will appear. Click this buon to manage the encrypon password/key, or lock or unlock the device.

Lock the device

Note: The external storage device cannot be locked if a real-me or scheduled backup job is running on the device. To disable the backup job, go to "Control Panel" > "External Device" > "External Storage"

  1. To lock an encrypted external storage device, click "Encrypon Management".
  2. Select "Lock this device" and click "Next".

Encryption Management Encryption Management Lock this device Manage encryption key Next Cancel

  1. Click "Next" to lock the device.

Encryption Management Encryption Management Click "Finish" to lock the device now. □ Do not save encryption key Back Next Cancel

Unlock the device

  1. To unlock an encrypted external storage device, click "Encrypon Management".
  2. Select "Unlock this device". Click "Next"

Encryption Management Encryption Management Unlock this device Manage encryption key Next Cancel

Enter the encrypon password or upload the key le. Select "Save encrypon key" to save the password in a hidden locaon on a hard drive of the NVR. The NVR will unlock the encrypted external storage device automatically every me

  1. the device is connected. Click "Next".

Encryption Management Encryption Management Unlock this device by: Password Key File Password: ..... Save encryption key Back Next Cancel

Manage the encrypon key

To change an encrypon password or download an encrypon key le, click

  1. "Encrypon Management".
  2. Select "Manage encrypon key". Click "Next".

Encryption Management Encryption Management Lock this device Manage encryption key Next Cancel

Select to change the encrypon password or download the encrypon key le to 3. the local PC. Click "Next".

Encryption Management Encryption Management Change encryption key Old password: ...... New password: ...... Verify new password: ...... Download encryption key file Password: Back Next Cancel

UPS

By enabling the UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) support, you can protect your NVR from abnormal system shutdown caused by power disrupon. In the event of a power failure the NVR will shut down automacally or enter auto-protecon mode by probing the power status of the connected UPS unit.

Standalone mode - USB

To operate under USB standalone mode, follow the steps below:

  1. Plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NVR.
  2. Select the opon "Enable UPS Support".

Choose between whether the NVR will shut down or enter auto-protecon mode aer AC power fails. Specify the me in minutes that the NVR should wait before execung the opon you have selected. Aer the NVR enters auto-protecon

  1. mode, the NVR resumes the previous operaon status when the power restores.
  2. Click "Apply All" to conrm.

UPS Enable UPS Support Enable Network UPS Support Allows the following IP address to be notified in the event of power failure: IP address 1 IP address 2 IP address 3 IP address 4 IP address 5 IP address 5 Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute(s): 5 The system will enter ""auto-protection" mode after the AC power fails for minute(s): 2 *Auto-protection: when the power restores, the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information Normal Battery capacity: 100% Estimated protection time: 5:35:0 (hh:mm:ss) Manufacture: American Power Conversion Model: Smart-UPS 1300 Apply All

Standalone mode – SNMP

To operate under SNMP standalone mode, follow the steps below:

  1. Make sure the NVR is connected to the same physical network as the

SNMP-based UPS.

  1. Select the opon "Enable UPS Support".
  2. Select "APC UPS with SNMP management" from the "Protocol" drop down menu.
  3. Enter the IP address of the SNMP-based UPS.
    Choose between whether the NVR will shut down or enter auto-protecon mode aer AC power fails. Specify the me in minutes that the NVR should wait before execung the opon you have selected. Aer the NVR enters auto-protecon
  4. mode, the NVR resumes the previous operaon status when the power restores.
  5. Click "Apply All" to conrm.

UPS Enable UPS Support Protocol: APC UPS with SNMP management IP Address of UPS: 172.17.25.220 Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute(s): 5 The system will enter ""auto-protection" mode after the AC power fails for minute(s): 2 "Auto-protection: when the power restores, the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information Normal Battery capacity: -- Estimated protection time: -- Manufacture: American Power Conversion Model: apc-snmp-ups Apply All

Network master mode

A network UPS master is responsible for communicating with network UPS slaves on the same physical network about critical power status. To set up your NVR with UPS as network master mode, plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NVR and follow the steps below:

Make sure the NVR (the "UPS master") is connected to the same physical

  1. network as the network UPS slaves.
  2. Select the opon "Enable UPS Support".
  3. Click "Enable network UPS Support". This opon appears only when your NVR is

connected to the UPS by a USB cable.

Choose between whether the NVR will shut down or enter auto-protecon mode aer AC power fails. Specify the me in minutes that the NVR should wait before execung the opon you have selected. Aer the NVR enters auto-protecon

  1. mode, the NVR resumes the previous operaon status when the power restores.

  2. Enter the "IP address" of other network UPS slaves to be noed in the event of power failure.

  3. Click "Apply All" to conrm and connue the setup for the NVR systems which operate in network slave mode below.

UPS ✓ Enable UPS Support ✓ Enable Network UPS Support Allows the following IP addresses to be notified in the event of power failure IP address 1: 10.8.19.27 IP address 2: 23.58.11.249 IP address 3: 71.55.7.56 IP address 4: 192.168.0.55 IP address 5: IP address 6: ● Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute(s): 5 ○ The system will enter ""auto-protection" mode after the AC power fails for minute(s): 2 *Auto-protection: when the power restores, the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information Normal Battery capacity: 71% Estimated protection time: 3:57:0 (hh:mm:ss) Manufacture: American Power Conversion Model: Smart-UPS 1500 Apply All

Network slave mode

A network UPS slave communicates with network UPS master to receive the UPS status. To set up your NVR with UPS as network slave mode, follow the steps below:

  1. Make sure the NVR is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS master.
  2. Select the opon "Enable UPS Support".
  3. Select "Network UPS slave" from the "Protocol" drop down menu.
  4. Enter the IP address of the network UPS server.
  5. Choose between whether the NVR will shut down or enter auto-protecon

mode aer AC power fails. Specify the me in minutes that the NVR should wait before execung the opon you have selected. Aer the NVR enters auto-protecon mode, the NVR resumes the previous operaon status when the power restores.

  1. Click "Apply All" to conrm.

Note: To allow the UPS device to send SNMP alerts to the QNAP NVR in case of power loss, you may have to enter the IP address of the NVR in the conguraon page of the UPS device.

Behavior of the UPS feature of the NVR

In case of power loss and power recovery, the events will be logged in the “System Event Logs”.

During a power loss, the NVR will wait for the specied me you enter in the "UPS Sengs" before powering o or entering auto-protecon mode.

If the power restores before the end of the waing me, the NVR will remain in operaon and cancel its power-o or auto-protecon acon.

Once the power restores:

If the NVR is in auto-protecon mode, it will resume to normal operaon.

If the NVR is powered o, it will remain o.

Difference between auto-protection mode and power-off mode

ModeAdvantageDisadvantage
Auto-protecon modeThe NVR resumes aer power recovery.If the power outage lasts unl the UPS is turned o, the NVR may suer from abnormal shutdown.
Power-o modeThe NVR will be shut down properly.The NVR will remain o aer the power recovery. Manual power on of the NVR is required.

If the power restores aer the NVR has been shut down and before the UPS device is powered o, you may power on the NVR by Wake on LAN* (if your NVR and UPS device both support Wake on LAN and Wake on LAN is enabled on the NVR).

If the power restores aer both the NVR and the UPS have been shut down, the NVR will react according to the settings in “System Settings” > “Power Recovery”.

9.1.11 System Status

System Information

View the summary of system informaon such as the server name, memory, rmware and system up me on this page.

System Status System Information Network Status Hardware Information Resource Monitor Summary Server name W1-27-61246JP Model name V5-81246Pro Serial number Q13004572 Total memory 3847.9 MB Firmware version 5.5.0 Build 20140424 System up time 0 data: A Hour: 23 Minutes(X) Time zone (GMT+00:00) Taipei

Network Status

View the current network sengs and stascs on this page and they are displayed based on network interfaces. Click the up arrow at top right to collapse the interface page and down arrow to expand the page.

System Status Network Information Network Status Hardware Information Accounting Monitor Ethernet 1 Link IP address MAC address Submit mask DNS Packets received Packets sent Error packets Ethernet 2 Link IP address MAC address Submit mask DNS Packets received Up 10.65.8.27 00:08:96:00:30:30 255.255.254.0 10.8.2.11 168.95.1.1 53582547 07:47:00 5 Up 10.65.8.27 00:08:96:00:30:31 255.255.254.0 10.8.2.11 168.95.1.1 34193192

Hardware Information

View basic hardware informaon of the NVR on this page.

Resource Monitor

You can view the CPU usage, disk usage, and bandwidth transfer stascs of the NVR on this page.

CPU Usage: This tab shows the CPU usage of the NVR.

Memory Usage: This tab shows the memory usage of the NVR by real-me dynamic graph.

- Disk Usage: This tab shows the disk space usage of each disk volume and its shared folders.

- Bandwidth Usage: This tab provides informaon about bandwidth transfer of each available LAN port of the NVR.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Network Status - 2

line | Metric | Minutes ago | | ---------------- | ----------- | | Packets received | 7.8 MB/s | | Packets sent | 5.9 MB/s | | Packets sent | 3.9 MB/s | | Packets sent | 2.0 MB/s | | Packets received | 0.0 KB/s | | Packets sent | 0.0 KB/s |

Process: This tab shows informaon about the processes running on the NVR.

System Status System Information Network Status Hardware Information Pressure Monitor CPU usage Process Name Users PID CPU usage Memory paid admin 26367 7.3% 248832 K nord admin 21550 5.3% 136264 K x admin 9144 0.3% 8180 K red0_raidt admin 30802 0.2% 5 K _httpd_ admin 18321 0.3% 73776 K snapshot admin 25793 0.3% 7552 K flush-n-0 admin 13057 0.3% 0 K sddpd admin 29952 0.3% 425 K lassd admin 24524 0% 628 K avcd admin 9596 0% 1484 K vlontuckd admin 9741 0% 712 K mt admin 1 0% 536 K ncomping admin 9761 0% 740 K kend admin 9990 0% 292 K wdd admin 1930 0% 364 K

9.1.12 System Logs

Recording Statistics

The NVR can store 10,000 recent event logs, including warning, error, and informaon messages. If the NVR does not funcon correctly, refer to the event logs for troublesomeong.

Recording Statistics System Connection Logs Online Users All events Save Type Date Time Users Source IP Computer name Content 2014-02-05 10:47:29 System 127.0.0.1 localhost CMS-Lite 0.52 has been installed in /share/HDA_DATA/.qpkg/CMS-Lite. 2014-02-05 10:47:08 System 127.0.0.1 localhost VCAM 0.1 has been installed in /share/HDA_DATA/.qpkg/VCAM. 2014-02-05 09:25:35 System 127.0.0.1 localhost System started. 2014-02-05 09:23:12 System 127.0.0.1 localhost System was shut down on Wed Feb 5 09:23:12 CST 2014. 2014-02-05 09:21:44 admin 10.8.10.96 --- [Power Management] System will be restart now. 2014-02-05 09:20:39 System 127.0.0.1 localhost [Firmware Upgrade] System updated successfully from 5.0.0(20140117 to 5.0.0(20140205). 2014-02-05 09:18:11 System 127.0.0.1 localhost [Firmware Upgrade] Start to update the firmware. 2014-01-29 11:48:48 System 127.0.0.1 localhost mvQNAPcloud user [mikeshaw@qnap.com] has been signed in 2014-01-29 11:48:42 System 127.0.0.1 localhost mvQNAPcloud CloudLink has been turned on 2014-01-29 11:48:37 System 127.0.0.1 localhost mvQNAPcloud DDNS has been turned on 2014-01-28 13:34:54 System 127.0.0.1 localhost System started. 2014-01-28 13:32:34 System 127.0.0.1 localhost System was shut down on Tue Jan 28 13:32:34 CST 2014. 2014-01-28 13:31:53 admin 10.8.10.324 [Device Management] System will be restart now Page 1 /2 H Display item: 1-50, Total: 52 Show 50 Items

System Connection Logs

The NVR supports recording HTTP, FTP, Telnet, SSH, AFP, SAMBA, and iSCSI connnecons. Click “Opons” to select the conncon type to be logged. The le transfer performance can be slightly aected when this feature is turned on.

Tip: Right click a log and select to delete the record or block the IP and select how long the IP should be blocked. To clear all the logs, click "Clear".

System Logs System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users All events Stop Logging Options Save Type工程项目 Date Time Users IP Computer name Connection Type Accessed resources Accessed Resources Seq. 10 2014-04-24 19:13:32 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login OK 2014-04-24 19:04:05 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP — Logout 2014-04-24 19:04:04 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login OK 2014-04-24 19:45:59 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP — Logout 2014-04-24 18:43:38 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login OK 2014-04-24 18:44:13 adults 10.6.10.58 — HTTP Administration Login OK 2014-04-24 17:54:44 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP — Logout 2014-04-24 17:54:43 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login OK 2014-04-24 17:25:44 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP — Logout 2014-04-24 17:25:43 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login OK 2014-04-24 17:39:13 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login Fat 2014-04-24 17:10:12 adults 10.65.12.98 — HTTP Administration Login OK Page 1 /S H Display Item: 1-50, Total: 210 Show 50 Items

Start Logging: Turn on this opon to archive the conneccon logs. The NVR generates a CSV le automacally and saves it to a specied folder when the number of logs reaches the upper limit.

Options Select the connection type to be logged. ✓ HTTP □ SMB (Windows) □ When the number of logs reaches 10,000, archive the connection logs and save the file in the folder: mobile Apply Cancel

The le-level access logs are available on this page. The NVR will record the logs when users access, create, delete, move, or rename any les or folders via the conncon type specied in "Opons".

System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users Syslog Client Management All events Stop Logging Options Clear Save Accessed Resources Set Type Date Time Users Source IP Computer name Connection type Accessed Resources Action 2013-05-10 17:31:52 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Transmissio... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:50 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Transmissio... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:48 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Transmissio... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:48 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Transmissio... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:47 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Mistead_QN... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:35 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Chrome_gra... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:30 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Chrome_gra... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:29 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Chrome_gra... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:28 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Mistead_QN... Read 2013-05-10 17:31:28 guest 10.8.12.6 tatehuang-nb SAMBA Public/Mistead_QN... Read

Online Users

The informaon of the on-line users connecng to the NVR by networking services is shown on this page.

Tip: You can disconnect the IP conncon, add it to the blocked IP list and select how long you want it to be blocked.

System Logs Recording Statistics System Connection Logs Online Users Type Login Date Login Time Users Source IP Computer name Connection t... Accessed Resources 2014-02-05 09:46:11 admin 10.8.10.96 mikeshaw-pc Samba record_nur 2014-02-05 10:37:52 admin Disconnect this connection > Add to the block list > Disconnect this connection and block the IP >

Advanced log search is provided to search for system event logs, system conncon logs and online users based on user preferences. First, specify the log type, users, computer name, date range and source IP and click “Search” to search for the desired logs or reset to list all logs.

System Logs System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users Edaylog Client Management All events Clear Save Log type: All events Data: 2013-05-03 2013-05-11 Users: systemITO: Computer name: Date Time Users三人源IP Customer name Centnt. 2013-05-07 17:07:04 System 127.0.0.1NBC localhost [Drive 1] The scanning is stopped by user. 2013-05-07 17:06:55 System 127.0.0.1NBC localhost [Drive 1] Start scanning bad blocks. 2013-05-06 08:04:00 System 127.0.0.1NBC localhost [USBOisk2] Device detected. The file system is ntfs. 2013-05-06 02:46:29 System 127.0.0.1NBC localhost [USBOisk2] Device removed. 2013-05-03 23:23:50 System 127.0.0.1NBC localhost [video Station] Video Station is enabled successfully. Search Reset Display item: 1-5, Total: 5 | Show 50 Items

Please note that for online users, only the source IP and Computer name can be specied.

9.2 Privilege Settings

The NVR supports 3 types of users:

1. administrator

The system default administrator accounts are ‘admin’ and ‘supervisor’ (default password: admin). Both of them have the rights of system administraon, monitoring, and playback. The administrators cannot be deleted. They have the rights to create and delete new administrators, system managers, and general users, and change their passwords. Other newly created ‘administrators’ have the rights of system administraon, monitoring, and playback but some rights are dierent from ‘admin’ and ‘supervisor’.

2. system manager

The default system manager account is 'sysmgr' (default password: admin). This account has the right of system administraon and cannot be deleted. 'sysmgr' can create and delete other system manager and general user accounts, and assign monitoring, playback, and administraon rights to them. Other newly created system managers will also have the administraon right but some rights are dierent from 'sysmgr'.

3. user

The general users have only the rights of monitoring and video playback. They have no administraon authority.

The following information is required to create a new user:

Username: The username is case-insensitive and supports mul-byte characters, such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Russian. The maximum length is 32

characters. The invalid characters are: "/ \ [ ] : ; | = , + * ? < > `'

- Password: The password is case-sensitive and supports maximum 16 characters. It is recommended to use a password of at least 6 characters.

Control Panel Search Overview System Settings Privilege Settings Users Network Services Create Options Username admin supervisor avgmgr Action

Create a User

To create a user on the NVR, click "Create".

Follow the instructions of the wizard to complete the details.

Create a User Username: Password: 0-16 characters Too short Verify Password: User Type: user Privilege Settings Channel Monitoring Playback PTZ Control Audio 1 2 3 4 Create Cancel

9.3 Network Services

9.3.1 Win

Microso Networking

To allow access to the NVR on Microso Windows Network, enable le service for Microso networking. Specify also how the users will be authenticated.

Control Panel Search Overview System Settings Privilege Settings Users Network Services WIN FTP Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking Server description (Optional): NVR Server Workgroup: NVR Advanced Options Apply Next Next

Advanced Opons

Advanced Options Enable WINS server Use the specified WINS server WINS server IP address: 0.0.0.0 Local master browser Allow only NTLMv2 authentication. Name resolve priority: DNS only Login style: DOMAIN\USERNAME instead of DOMAIN+USERNAME for FTP, AFP, & File Station Automatically register in DNS Enable trusted domains Apply Cancel

WINS server:

If the local network has a WINS server installed, specify the IP address. The NVR will automacally register its name and IP address with WINS service. If you have a WINS server on your network and want to use this server, enter the WINS server IP. Do not turn on this opon if you are not sure about the sengs.

Local Domain Master:

A Domain Master Browser is responsible for collecting and recording resources and services available for each PC on the network or a workgroup of Windows. When you nd the waing me for connecng to the Network Neighborhood/My Network Places too long, it may be caused by failure of an exisng master browser or a missing master browser on the network. If there is no master browser on your network, select the opon “Domain Master” to conjure the NVR as the master browser. Do not turn on this opon if you are not sure about the sengs.

Allow only NTLMv2 authencaon:

NTLMv2 stands for NT LAN Manager version 2. When this opon is turned on, login to the shared folders by Microso Networking will be allowed only with NTLMv2 authencaon. If the opon is turned o, NTLM (NT LAN Manager) will be used by default and NTLMv2 can be negoated by the client. The default seng is disabled.

Name resoluon priority:

You can select to use DNS server or WINS server to resolve client host names from IP addresses. When you set up your NVR to use a WINS server or to be a WINS server, you can choose to use DNS or WINS rst for name resoluon. When WINS is enabled, the default seng is "Try WINS then DNS". Otherwise, DNS will be used for name resoluon by default.

Login style: DOMAIN\USERNAME instead of DOMAIN+USERNAME for FTP, AFP, and File Staon

In an Acve Directory environment, the default login formats for the domain users are:

  • Windows shares: domain\username
  • FTP: domain+username
    File Staon: domain+username
    • AFP: domain+username

When you turn on this opon, the users can use the same login name format (domain\username) to connect to the NVR via AFP, FTP, and File Staon.

Automacally register in DNS: When this opon is turned on and the NVR is joined to an Acve Directory, the NVR will register itself automacally in the domain DNS server. This will create a DNS host entry for the NVR in the DNS server. If the NVR IP is changed, the NVR will automacally update the new IP in the DNS server.

Enable trusted domains: Select this opon to load the users from trusted Acve Directory domains and specify their access permissions to the NVR in “Privilege Sengs” > “Shared Folders”. (The domain trusts are set up in Acve Directory only, not on the NVR.)

9.3.2 FTP

FTP Service

When you turn on FTP service, you can specify the port number and the maximum number of users that are allowed to connect to the NVR by FTP at the same me.

Control Panel Search Overview System Settings Privilege Settings Users Network Services Win FTP Service Advanced General Enable FTP Service Protocol type: FTP (Standard) FTP with SSL/TLS (ExpRER) Port number: 21 Unicode support: Yes No Enable anonymous: Yes No Note: If your FTP client does not support Unicode, please select "No" for Unicode Support. Connection Maximum number of all FTP connections: 30 Maximum number of connections for a single account: 10 Enable FTP transfer limitation Apply All

To use the FTP service of the NVR, enable this funcon. Open an IE browser and enter p://NVR IP. Enter the username and the password to login the FTP service.

Protocol Type:

Select to use standard FTP conneccon or SSL/TLS encrypted FTP. Select the correct protocol type in your client FTP soware to ensure successful conneccon.

Unicode Support:

Turn on or o the Unicode support. The default seng is No. If your FTP client does not support Unicode, you are recommended to turn o this opon and select the language you specify in “General Sengs” > “Codepage” so that the le and folder names can be correctly shown. If your FTP client supports Unicode, enable Unicode support for both your client and the NVR.

Anonymous Login:

You can turn on this opon to allow anonymous access to the NVR by FTP. The users can connect to the les and folders which are open for public access. If this opon is turned o, the users must enter an authorized username and password to connect to the server.

Advanced

FTP Service: Advanced Passive FTP port range: Use the default port range Define port range: 00036 + 00179 Respond with external IP address for passive FTP connection request External IP address: Apply All

Passive FTP Port Range:

You can use the default port range (55536-56559) or specify a port range larger than 1023. When using this funcon, make sure you have opened the ports on your router or rewall.

Respond with external IP address for passive FTP conncon request:

When passive FTP conncon is in use, the FTP server (NVR) is behind a router, and a remote computer cannot connect to the FTP server over the WAN, enable this funcon. When this opon is turned on, the NVR replies the IP address you specify or automacally detects the external IP address so that the remote computer is able to connect to the FTP server.

10. QNAP Applications

10.1 myQNAPcloud Service

The myQNAPcloud service is a function which provides host name registration, mapping of the dynamic NVR IP to a domain name, and auto port mapping of UPnP router on the local network. Use the myQNAPcloud wizard to register a unique host name for the NVR, configure automatic port forwarding on the UPnP router, and publish NVR services for remote access over the Internet.

myQNAPcloud myQNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud My QNAPcloud

To use the myQNAPcloud service, make sure the NVR has been connected to an UPnP router and the Internet and click the myQNAPcloud shortcut from the NVR Desktop or Main Menu.

10.1.1 Remote Access Services

myQNAPcloud wizard

The first time you use the myQNAPcloud service, you are recommended to use the myQNAPcloud wizard to complete the settings. Follow the steps below:

  1. Click "Get Started" to use the wizard.

myQNAPcloud Welcome to myQNAPcloud! You may connect to your QNAP NVR from anywhere over the network by myQNAPcloud services. Please click the button below to create your myQNAPcloud account and enable remote access services. Get Started myQNAPcloud

2. Click "Start".

Welcome to myQNAPcloud! Hello! Welcome to myQNAPcloud wizard. This wizard helps you set up the QNAP NVR for remote access on the Internet by the steps below: 1. Create or sign in a myQNAPcloud account 2. Register your NVR 3. Enable myQNAPcloud remote access services Start Quit

  1. Please use your myQNAPcloud ID(QID) and password to login. (Click "Create myQNAPcloud account" if you don't have myQNAPcloud account.)

Welcome to myQNAPcloud! Sign in myQNAPcloud account Please sign in myQNAPcloud account to proceed ( or Create myQNAPcloud account ) myQNAPcloud ID (QID) : Your email Password : Password Forgot your password? Resend activation email Step 1/4 Next Cancel

  1. Enter a name to register your NVR and click "Next".

Welcome to myQNAPcloud!

Register your myQNAPcloud device name

Please enter a name to register your QNAP NVR. This name will be used to access your NVR remotely.

qvrtest

After finishing the wizard, you can access your QNAP NVR remotely with the following Internet address:

qvrtest.myqnapcloud.com

Step 2/4

Next

Cancel

  1. The wizard will congregate your router automacally.

Welcome to myQNAPcloud! Configuring your router... Please wait patiently. The router configuration will be completed in a minute. Configuring network environment and applying myQNAPcloud services... 7% Step 3/4 Next Cancel

  1. Review the summary page and click "Finish" to complete the wizard.

Summary

Congratulations! You have completed the following settings. You can now access your QNAP NVR remotely on the Internet.

√ Auto router configuration (UPnP port forwarding)

Setup successfully

myQNAPcloud device name qvrtest

Connect to the QNAP NVR from the myQNAPcloud website (http://www.myqnapcloud.com) by entering the device name, or use the following Internet address: name: qvrtest.myqnapcloud.com

√ Publish NVR services on the cloud portal:

QVR, File Station

Step 4/4

Finish

Manage and configure your myQNAPcloud account

Click "Manage myQNAPcloud Account" on top of the page after launching myQNAPcloud or log into your account at http://www.myqnapcloud.com.

myQNAPcloud myQNAPcloud ID (QID) : qvrtest@gmail.com myQNAPcloud Device Name : qvrtest ✓ QNAP NVR Internet Address : qvrtest.myqnapcloud.com Manage myQNAPcloud Account Sign out

Access your QNAP device anywhere and anytime myQNAPcloud provides various remote access services, such as DDNS and CloudLink services No matter where you go, you can always and securely access your QNAP devices. Sign In or sign up now!

After click your login ID(QID) and password in "Sign in", you can enter your device name in "Enter device name" to search your devices. Or you can select "My Devices" from the drop down menu in left side to review all your device published services and details, including the name, DDNS address, LAN and WAN IP.

My QWTE email QWTEmail 3D My Devices optest Published services Device detail Paramified Devices Published services QWTE Web File Status Published entrance of secure connection (SSL) QWTE Web File Status

myQVRTest QVRTest My Devices qtest Published services Device detail Favored Devices Device name qvtest Model name VS-2112Pro+ Internet address qvtest myqnapcloud.com Device IP 192.168 0.101 WAN IP 118.168 63.237 Firmware version 5.0.0 Last update time 2014-02-09 13:30:23 Searchable Yes Go

Or, select button "My Account" in top left corner to check your profile, change your password and monitor your account activity.

myCMMITax CMMITax My Devices qprtest Published services Device detail Funeralized Devices Published services QVR Web File Station Published entrance of secure connection (SSL) QVR Web File Station

myGNAPcloud QVRtest qvrtest@gmail.com Profile Change Password Activities Back to myGNAPcloud Portal Profile myGNAPcloud ID qvrtest@gmail.com First Name QVR Last Name Test Display Name QVRTest Gender Male Birthday 1994 / 12 / 18 Mobile Number I'd like to receive latest information from QNAP Yes Preferred Language 繁體中文

myQNAPCloud QVRtest qvttest@gmail.com Enable Change Password Activities Check to myQNAPCloud Status Change Password Old Password New Password Confirm New Password Submit

myGNAPcloud OMRtest gprtest@gmail.com Profile Change Passengers Activities Bao to myGNAPcloud Portal Activities ©2014-02-09 81:30:17 pm Device Register range Source IP / Country 118.168.53.237 (Taiwan) Device Name durebell Device Model 905-2112Pro+ 81:29:33 pm Device Single Source IP / Country 118.168.53.237 (Taiwan) 81:27:52 pm myGNAPcloud Portal Single Source IP / Country 118.168.53.237 (Taiwan) 81:27:51 pm Auth Center Single Source IP / Country 118.168.53.237 (Taiwan)

Access NVR services via the myQNAPcloud website

To access the NVR services via the myQNAPcloud website, specify the NVR you registered with in the search box and click search button in the right.

NASQTS Go! Search device

The published public NVR services will be listed.

my2DMFV3x04 Welcome to qvrtest's cloud portal Published Services Private Services Add to Reported Devices UST Risk In Status Published entrance of secure connection (SSL) UST Risk In Status

Enter the access code to browse private services.

Private Services

User name

Access code

Confirm

After entering the user name and access code, you can browse private services.

Note: For configuration on private NVR services, please refer to the DDNS/Cloud Portal section later in this chapter.

Auto Router Configuration

In "Remote Access Services" > "Auto Router Configuration", you can enable or disable UPnP port forwarding. When this option is enabled, your NVR is accessible from the Internet via the UPnP router.

myQNAPcloud Remote Access Services Auto Router Configuration My DDNS/Cloud Portal Cloud Services Amazon S3 Enable UPnP Port forwarding Enable this function to allow access to your NVR from the Internet via an UPnP router. Note: This function only works with the UPnP supported devices. Status : N/A Apply

Note: If there is more than one router on the network, only the one which is se as the default gateway of the NVR will be detected.

Click "Rescan" to detect the router if no UPnP router is found on the local network and "Diagnostics" to check the diagnostic logs.

√ Enable UPnP Port forwarding

Enable this function to allow access to your NVR from the Internet via an UPnP router.

Note: This function only works with the UPnP supported devices.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Auto Router Configuration - 2

Status: No UPnP router found on the network

Rescan

Diagnostics

Network Diagnostics

---- NAT PMP Diagnostics ----

initnatpmp() returned 0 (SUCCESS)

using gateway:192.168.0.1

sendpublicaddressrequest returned 2 (SUCCESS)

readnatpmpresponseorretry returned -100 (TRY AGAIN)

readnatpmpresponseorretry returned -100 (TRY AGAIN)

readnatpmpresponseorretry returned -7 (FAILED)

---- UPnP Diagnostics

upnpc : miniupnpc library test client. (c) 2006-2011 Thomas Bernard

Go to http://miniupnp.free.fr/ or http://miniupnp.tuxfamily.org/ for more information.

List of UPNP devices found on the network :

desc: http://192.168.0.1:12592/rootDesc.xml

st: urn:schemas-upnp-org:device:InternetGatewayDevice:1

Close

If the UPnP router is incompatible with the NVR, click and then click "UPnP Router Compatibility Feedback..."

(http://www.qnap.com/go/compatibility_router.html) to contact the technical support.

Your router does not support UPnP protocol or you have not enabled the UPnP function on the router. UPnP Router Compatibility Feedback...

Select the NVR services to be allowed for remote access in section "Forwarded Services". Then click "Apply to Router". The NVR will configure the port forwarding on the UPnP router automatically. You will then be able to access the NVR services from the Internet.

Forwarded Services Apply to Router Enabled Status Service Name Ports Protocol ✓ OK NVR Web 80 TCP ✓ OK Secure NVR Web 443 TCP

Note:

If more than two NVR are connected to one UPnP router, please specify a dierent port for each NVR. If the router does not support UPnP, users are required to congregate port forwarding manually on the router. Please refer to the links below:

Applicaon note: hp://www.qnap.com/go/notes.html

FAQ: hp://www.qnap.com/faq

UPnP router compatibility list:

hp://www.qnap.com/UPnP_Router_Compatibility_List

My DDNS

With the Cloud Portal, web-based NVR services such as web administration and File Station can be published to http://www.myqnapcloud.com.

By enabling the NVR services in this step, they are opened for remote access even if they are not published.

Enable the My DDNS service in "Remote Access Service" and the NVR will notify the myQNAPcloud server automatically if the WAN IP address of the NVR has changed. To use the myQNAPcloud service, make sure the NVR has been connected to an UPnP router and the Internet.

Note:

- The myQNAPcloud name of each QNAP NVR is unique. One myQNAPcloud name can only be used with one NVR. A registered myQNAPcloud name will expire in 120 days if your NVR remains one within the period. Once the name is expired, it will be released for new registraon by other users.

Cloud Portal

In "Remote Access Services" > "My DDNS/Cloud Portal" > "Cloud Portal", the web-based NVR services are shown. Select "Publish" to publish the NVR services to myQNAPcloud website.

Select "Private" to hide the published NVR services from public access if you don't want every user can access this published NVR service. The private services on the myQNAPcloud website are only visible to specified users with the myQNAPcloud access code.

NVR ServicesStatusPublishPrivate
NVR WebEnabled
File StationEnabled
Secure NVR WebEnabled
Secure File StationEnabled

Set myQNAPcloud Access Code for private services: Enter a code of 6-16 characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9 only). The code is required when NVR users attempt to view the private NVR services on the myQNAPcloud website.

myQNAPcloud Access Code

Set the myQNAPcloud Access Code:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - myQNAPcloud Access Code - 1

Note: The code must be 6-16 characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9 only).

Note: If a disabled NVR service is published, the service will not be accessible even the corresponding icon is shown on myQNAPcloud website (hp://www.myQNAPcloud.com).

Click "Add Users" and specify maximum 9 local NVR users who are allowed to view the private NVR services published on the myQNAPcloud website.

User Management Click "Add User" and specify the local NVR users who are allowed to view the private NVR services published on myQNAPcloud website. These users may also use the myQNAPcloud Connect at the same time for remote access. Maximum 9 users can be specified. Select the users and click "Send Invitation" to send an email with instruction to access the services. Delete Add Users Small Invitation Username myQNAPcloud Website

Select the users and connection method: myQNAPcloud website. Click "Apply".

Select users and their privileges Username myQNAPcloud Website admin supervisor sysmgr test01 ✓ test02 ✓ test03 ✓ Employee072 Employee073 Employee074 ✓ Employee075 Display item: 1-10, Total: 12 Apply Cancel

Then click "Apply" to save the settings.

myQNAPcloud Access Code Set the myQNAPcloud Access Code: 111111 Note: The code must be 6-16 characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9 only). User Management Click "Add User" and specify the local NVR users who are allowed to view the private NVR services published on myQNAPcloud website. These users may also use the myQNAPcloud Connect at the same time for remote access. Maximum 9 users can be specified. Select the users and click "Send Invitation" to send an email with instruction to access the services. Delete Add Users Send Invitation Username(myQNAPcloud Website test01

To send the instructions of the myQNAPcloud service to users via email, select the user(s) and click the "Send Invitation" button.

Note: To use this function, the mail server settings must be properly configured in "Control Panel" > "System Settings" > "Notification" > "SMTP Server".

Enter the email address. Click "Send".

Invite users with email notification to access service
UsernameE-mailStatus
test01test01@qnap.com

Send

Close

10.1.2 Cloud Services

Amazon S3

Amazon S3 (Simple Storage Service) is an online storage web service provided by Amazon Web Services. QNAP VioStor NVR supports Amazon S3 to allow the users to back up the data from the NVR to Amazon S3, or download it from Amazon S3 to the NVR at anytime. Besides, the users can also create scheduled replicaon job for daily, weekly, or monthly backup.

Create your own Amazon S3 account

To use the Amazon S3 feature on VioStor NVR, follow the steps below:

Step 1: Sign up/ Login Amazon Web Services Account

You need to sign up for Amazon S3 account (hp://aws.amazon.com/s3/). For the price informaon, please refer to the Amazon web services website.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Step 1: Sign up/ Login Amazon Web Services Account - 1

Sign In or Create an AWS Account

You may sign in using your existing Amazon.com account or you can create a new account by selecting "I am a new user."

My e-mail address is:

I am a new user.
I am a returning user and my password is:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Sign In or Create an AWS Account - 1

Sign in using our secure server

Forgot your password? Has your e-mail address changed?

Learn more about AWS Identity and Access Management and AWS Multi-Factor Authentication, features that provide additional security for your AWS Account.

About Amazon.com Sign In

Amazon Web Services uses information from your Amazon.com account to identify you and allow access to Amazon Web Services. Your use of this site is governed by our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy linked below.

Terms of Use | Privacy Policy © 1996-2014, Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates An amazon.com. company

Step 2: Get Your Access Key ID and Secret Access Key

Once you have successfully signed up an account, you will receive your Access Key ID and Secret Access Key. Please keep your ID and key safe.

If you have missed the Access Key ID and Secret Access Key notification, click "Your Account" and

choose "Security Credentials" to retrieve them.

amazon web services Sign Up My Account / Console AWS Management Console My Account Billing & Cost Management Security Credentials AWS Products & Solutions AWS Product Information Account

Check your Access Keys (Access Key ID and Secret Access Key). Click "Create New Access Key" if you don't have Access keys.

Your Security Credentials

Use this page to manage the credentials for your AWS account. To manage credentials for AWS identity and Access Management (IAM) users, use the IAM Console. To learn more about the types of AWS credentials and how they're used, see AWS Security Credentials in AWS General Reference.

  • Password
    Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    Access Keys (Access Key ID and Secret Access Key)

Note: You can have a maximum of two access keys (active or inactive) at a time.

Created

Feb 16th 2014

Deleted

Access Key ID

Status

Active

Actions

Make Inactive | Delete

Create Remote Replication Job on Amazon S3

For using Remote Replicaon Job on Amazon S3, you must have one Amazon S3 account rst. You can refer to secon "Create your own Amazon S3 account" for detailed informaon.

You can back up the NVR data to or retrieve the data from the Amazon S3. Amazon's services will generally accept requests that are received within 15 minutes after you login Amazon S3. Before getting started, make sure your system clock is set correctly according to your time zone. It is suggested to configure your NVR to automatically synchronize with the system clock using the Network Time Protocol (NTP).

Follow the steps below to create a remote replication job on Amazon S3.

Step 1: Login your VioStor NVR and go to "myQNAPcloud" > "Cloud Service" > "Amazon S3". Click "Create New Replicang Job".

myQNAPcloud myQNAPcloud MyQNAPcloud Remote Access Services Auto Router Configuration My DNS/Cloud Portal Cloud Services Amazon S3 This function allows you to upled the data from the NUR to Amazon S3, or vice versa. Note: Please synchronize the system time with an Internet time server before using this function. To configure the system date and time, please click here. Create a Replication Job Job Name Usage Type Schedule Status

Step2: Enter the job name.

Create a Replication Job

Remote Replication Wizard

This wizard helps you create a remote replication job.Enter the name of the remote replication job and click Next.

Remote Replication Job Name:

Step 1/5

Next

Cancel

Step3: Select usage Type (Upload or download) from the dropdown menu. Then input the access key, private key and remote path. A bucket is the root directory on Amazon S3. You can do remote host tesng by clicking "TEST". Other sengs are oponal.

Note: To use this function, you must create at least one Bucket on Amazon S3. Please go to Amazon S3 on website and select "Create Bucket" to create one Bucket on your Amazon S3 account.

Create a Replication Job

Amazon S3

Usage Type:

Upload

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Amazon S3 - 1

Access Key:

AKIAJ4TC2PUP34CC63FC

Secret Key:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Amazon S3 - 2

Remote Path

qnapqvrtest

test

(Bucket/Directory):

Remote Host Testing:

Test

Maximum number of retries (0-99):

10

Maximum upload rate (KB/s):

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Amazon S3 - 3

☐ Perform incremental replication

Delete extra files on remote destination

√ Enable Server Side Encryption

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Amazon S3 - 4

Enable Reduced Redundency Storage

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Amazon S3 - 5

Step 2/5

Back

Next

Cancel

Step4: Specify the local path as Network Share/ Directory. Select the network share from dropdown menu and input the directory.

Create a Replication Job

Local Path

Please specify: Local Path (Network Share/Directory):

mp4

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Local Path - 1

20140214

Step 3/5

Back

Next

Cancel

Step5: Specify your replicaon schedule.

Create a Replication Job

Replication Schedule

Select schedule:

Replicate Now

Daily

Weekly

Monthly

Time

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Replication Schedule - 1

Step 4/5

Back

Next

Cancel

Step6: Click "Finish" to complete the setup.

Setup complete

The remote replication settings have been completed. Click Finish to exit the Wizard.

Step 5/5

Finish

Upon successful job creation you will see the status of the replication job(s). You can edit or delete them if necessary.

my20043333 my20043333 My Reader Configuration My 00000 Cloud Portal Closed Implicator Access: 58 This function allows you to apply the data from the HOS for Amazon X1. In your series. Model: Please specify the system data with an Internet Baby server before using this function. To configure the system data and how, please click Create a multiplication task. Add History Upgrade Type Schedule Status <|vision_start|> syniverse Upload 00:00 - Weekly/Monday Finish syniverse() Download 00:00 - Weekly/Monday Finish

10.2 File Station

The File Staon allows the users to access the NVR on the Internet and manage the les by a web browser.

File Station Search Create Folder Copy Uploaded Share More Action 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

NumberItemDescripon
1SearchSearch by name, type(music, movie, photo...) or select advanced search
2View modeChange the View mode
3Create folderCreate a folder in shared folders
4CopyCopy/ Paste les and folders
5UploadSelect the folder to upload the le to
6ShareShare a le or folder with other users using various methods
7More AconAdd the shared folders to bookmark
8RefreshRefresh this page
9Sengs• Show les and folders of my PC• Show hidden les

Before geng started

Enable the service in "Control Panel" > "Applicaons" > "Staon Manager". Click the link on the page to access the File Staon.

The File Staon can be launched from the Main Menu or the File Staon icon on the Desktop.

APPLICATIONS Surveillance Settings File Station SYSTEMS Control Panel MySQLCloud Backup & Expansion App Center Quick Start System_monitor surveillance settings File Station myQNA/Cloud Backup & Expansion App Center Control Panel QVR VS-8124UPro

You can upload, download, rename, move, copy, or delete the les and folder on the NVR.

W1-27-8124UP-admin File Station Search Create folder Upload Mark Action W1-27-8124UP-admin Home Homes mobile record_export record nur record_nur_stems snapshot Computer Share File Sharing Name Modified Date > Type Size Page Fun data to display / Show 20 - Show 19 Thursday 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd 44th 45th 46th 47th 48th 49th 50th 51st 52nd 53rd 54th 55th 56th 57th 58th 59th 60th 61st 62nd 63rd 64th 65th 66th 67th 68th 69th 70th 71st 72nd 73rd 74th 75th 76th 77th 78th 79th 80th 81st 82nd 83rd 84th 85th 86th 87th 88th 89th 90th 91st 92nd 93rd 94th 95th 96th 97th 98th 99th 19 4UPro

Uploading les

To use this feature, install Adobe Flash plug-in for your web browser.

  1. Select a folder and click .
  2. Click "Browse" to select the le(s).
  3. Select to skip or overwrite the exisng le(s) in the folder.
  4. Click 🏠 to upload a le or "Upload All" to upload all the selected les.

Background Task Task Upload Clear Mode File Path Name Size % Transfer Rate Time Remaining Overwri... /home 20140311_QVR_5.0... 21.30 MB 98% 789.55 KB/S... Hide

Note: The maximum size of a le that can be uploaded to the NVR by the File Staon is 2GB without JAVA plug-in.

Downloading les

  1. Select a le or folder to download.
  2. Right click the mouse and select "Download" to download the le. Please note that if all les within a folder are selected, they will be compressed and downloaded as a zip le.

2014-04-23 21-58-01~22-00-01.avi 2014/04/23 22:00:04 AVI File 3.84 MB 2014-04-23 21-56-05~21-57-58.avi 2014/04/23 21:58:02 AVI File 3.65 MB 2014-04-23 21-54-04- Sort By 2014/04/23 21:56:07 AVI File 3.83 MB 2014-04-23 21-52-04- Copy 2014/04/23 21:54:06 AVI File 3.83 MB 2014-04-23 21-50-03- Share 2014/04/23 21:52:05 AVI File 3.83 MB 2014-04-23 21-48-02- Download 2014/04/23 21:50:04 AVI File 3.84 MB 2014-04-23 21-46-00- Properties 2014/04/23 21:48:03 AVI File 3.83 MB 2014-04-23 21-44-06- 2014/04/23 21:46:02 AVI File 3.64 MB 2014-04-23 21-42-04~21-44-04.avi 2014/04/23 21:44:07 AVI File 3.83 MB 2014-04-23 21-40-01~21-42-02.avi 2014/04/23 21:42:05 AVI File 3.81 MB 2014-04-23 21-38-00~21-40-00.avi 2014/04/23 21:40:03 AVI File 8.37 MB 2014-04-23 21-28-00~21-30-00.avi 2014/04/23 21:30:01 AVI File 11.98 MB 2014-04-23 21-26-00~21-28-00.avi 2014/04/23 21:28:01 AVI File 11.98 MB Page 1 /2 > H Display item: 1-21, Total: 26 Show 20 Items

Creang folders

  1. Select a shared folder or folder in which you want to create a new folder.
  2. Click . Create folder
  3. Enter the name of the new folder and click "OK".

Renaming les or folders:

  1. Select a le or folder to rename.
  2. Right click the mouse and select "Rename" to rename the le.
  3. Enter the new le or folder name and click "OK".

Copying les or folders

  1. Select the les or folders to copy.
  2. Click .
  3. Click the desnaon folder.
  4. Click and conrm to copy the les or folders.

Moving les or folders

  1. Select the les or folders to move.
  2. Right click the mouse and select "Move".
  3. Select the desnaon folder. Click "OK".

Deleng les or folders

  1. Select a le or folder to delete.
  2. Right click the mouse and select "Delete".
  3. Conrm to delete the le or folder.

The File Staon supports smart search of les, sub-folders, and folders on the NVR. You can search a le or folder by all or part of the le or folder name, or by the le extension.

W1-27-8124UP-admin home homes homes homes Name

10.3 App Center

The App Center is a digital plaorm for distribuon of NVR apps. Users can search for, install, remove and update apps developed by QNAP or third party apps through the App Center to expand the services and add new features on the NVR.

App Center Search My Apps All Apps Refresh Install Manuals You have not installed any Apps.

Starng App Center

The App Center can be launched from the App Center shortcut on the Main Menu or the QVR Desktop.

Familiarizing yourself with App Center

Menu Bar

1 Search 2 Update All 3 Refresh 4 Install Manually 5

NoNameDescripon
1Search BarSearch apps that are available to install on the NVR.
2Update allUpdate all apps that are currently installed on the NVR.
3RefreshRefresh the current page
4Install ManuallyBrowse to upload and install a QPKG add-on manually.
5SortSort apps by category, name or release date.

Le Panel

• My Apps: List apps that are currently installed on the NVR.
- All Apps: List all apps that can be installed on the NVR.

Using App Center

Searching apps

To search for an app, enter the keyword in the search bar.

Installing, updang and removing apps

To install an app, click the "Add to QVR+" buon and the installaon process will begin. Aer the installaon process is complete, the "Add to QVR+" buon will turn to the "Open" buon and you can directly click this buon to launch this newly installed app. This newly installed app will then show up in "My Apps".

Note:

• Make sure the NVR is connected to the Internet.
- QNAP is not responsible for troublesomeng any issues caused by the open source soware/add-ons.
- When installing an add-on which requires a prerequisite app, the prerequisite add-on will be added to the installaon queue automacally prior to the dependent add-on.
- If the app update process is canceled before it is nished, please install the app from the App Center again.

To update an app, click "Update" and click "OK" to conrm. Alternatively, you may click "Update All" on the menu bar to install all updates and "Refresh" to check for the latest updates. The buon will turn to "Open" to signify that the update is complete for an app. To remove an app, rst click an installed app to open its introducon page. Click "Remove" on the page to uninstall it from the NVR and click "OK" to conrm.

Note:

- Click the on/o buon in an app icon to enable or disable an app.

Oine Installaon

To install apps when the NVR is oine or beta apps that are not socially available on the QNAP App server, users can download the app applicaon (*.qpkg) from the QNAP security website (hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/) or forum (hp://forum.qnapsecurity.com/index.php), unzip the les, and click "Install Manually" on the menu bar to install the apps manually.

11. QNAP Surveillance Central Management (QSCM Lite)

11.1 Introduction

QNAP Surveillance Central Management Lite (referred to as “QSCM Lite” in the following context) is a pioneering, powerful and free App supported by QNAP VioStor NVR (with rmware QVR 5.0 and above), that turns your NVR into a CMS server to manage up to 16 QNAP NVRs and 256 cameras.

No extra investment in hardware or soware is required to add CMS server funcon to a NVR – all you have to do is install the QSCM Lite App.

QSCM Lite can manage NVRs that are in the same private LAN with QSCM Lite.

11.2 Install QSCM Lite to NVR Server

11.2.1 App Center

To install QSCM Lite, please download it from the QVR 5.0 App Center. For more informaon about the App Center, please refer to Secon 10.3 App Center.

11.2.2 How to Install QSCM Lite to NVR Server

Online installation

To install QSCM Lite, please download it from the QVR 5.0 App Center. Your NVR must be connected to the Internet to use the App Center.

Step 1: Go to the App Center on the desktop of QVR 5.0.

Control Panel Surveillance Settings File Station myQNAPCloud Backup & Expansion App Center 17:56 Thursday, May 29 QVR VS-4112Pro+

Step 2: Go to All Apps.
All apps QCOM Link 1.0.29 Add to 20:45 Exonic Call/Agent 8:37 10:33 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-4116UPNo+

Step 3: Click "Add QSCM Lite to QVR"

Auto Center GOOLO Link C:0.09 Auto Now 8:4:2 RandomCS/Agent1 8:4:2 10:33 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-4116UPro+

Step 4: Start downloading QSCM Lite
App Edition My Book All users Downloading... Download Manufacturing Process 8.0x 10:34 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-4316UPro+

Step 5: Aer QSCM Lite has been downloaded, the system will automatically install QSCM Lite.

App Connection My Name All Apps Installing... 20:35 Automotive CoAgent 10:35 10:35 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-41.16UPro

Step 6: When the opon to "Open" appears, QSCM Lite has been successfully installed.
App Store My Active App Store QCOM Lab 10:36 App Store Polarix Black Singlepoint 10:36 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-4L16UPro+

Step 7: QSCM Lite will now be listed in My Apps, with the default Open status. QVR 5.0 is now a CMS server.

My Computer My name All types QCOM Life L-0.29 Start 10:54 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-43.16UPro+

QSCM Lite can be turned o to disable the CMS server funcon if needed.

App Calendar My Name All Name QCOM Labs Lab ID 10:40 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-4116UPY0+

Offline installation

If the NVR is not connected to the Internet, an oine installaon is available.

Step 1: Download QSCM Lite from the QNAP Security website (hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/download.asp).

Step 2: Unzip the les

Step 3: Return to the NVR and enter the App Center

Control Panel Surveillance Settings File Station myQMAPcloud App Center Backup & Expansion Quick Start Firmware Update Storage Manager Notification System Logs External Device Backup / Restore General Settings Users Network Power 15:40 Monday, June 30 QVR VS-4116UPro+

Step 4: Click "Install Manually"
App Center Search My Apps All Apps You have not installed any Apps. Refresh... Installed Manuals

Step 5: Find the unzipped QSCM Lite, and click [Install]

App Customer App Customer Browse to ? Are you sure you want to install this software package? OK Cancel Close

Step 7: The NVR will then install QSCM Lite
App Center Request Please wait... Installing... OK

Step 8: Click OK
App Cattar Install a new app manually Browse to: Installation complete OK Close

Step 9: QSCM Lite will now be listed in My Apps, with the default Open status. QVR 5.0 is now a CMS server.
My Cardnet My Cardnet All apps 10:54 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-41160Pro+

If needed, QSCM Lite can be turned o to disable the CMS server funcon.

App Control App Control CUSTOM Ltrs 10:40 Friday, June 20 QVR VS-LLISUPTO+

11.2.3 Installation Reminders and Suggestions

  • QSCM Lite can only be installed to QNAP NVR with rmware version 5.0 or above.
  • When enabling QSCM Lite on QVR 5.0, you have 2 opons:

  • Do not record camera footage to this server, and have it act as a pure CMS server.

  • Keep recording camera footage to this server, and have it act as both a CMS and NVR server simultaneously.

In the second case (the server will act as both a CMS and NVR server simultaneously), the server's hardware resources will be shared by the NVR server service & the CMS server service. If the CPU usage rate is more than 80%, or when the throughput is busy, the performance of both the NVR server and CMS server will be impacted.

- It is strongly recommended to enable just one QVR 5.0 as QSCM Lite to centrally manage the NVRs in a LAN. Otherwise, the QSCM Lite event management (including the live view event nocaon and event log) will be scaered to mulple QSCM Lites.

11.3 Use QSCM Lite on NVR Client PC

11.3.1 How to use QSCM Lite on NVR client PC

Step 1: Connect to a QVR 5.0 with QSCM Lite. For instrucons on how to install QSCM Lite, please refer to 1.2.2.

Step 2: Go to the App Center on the QVR 5.0 desktop.

Custom4112Pro Control Panel Surveillance Settings File Station myQMAPCloud Backup & Expansion App Center 17:56 Thursday, May 29 QVR VS-4112Pro+

Or, the Main Menu of QVR 5.0

VccnnvNk App Center App Center Surveillance Settings File Station SYSTEMS Control Panel Backup & Expansion MyQNAPcloud App Center Quick Start QSCM Lite Surveillance Settings File Station myQNAPcloud App Center Backup & Expansion Firmware Update Storage Manager Notification System Logs External Device General Settings Users Networks Power QVR VS-4116UPro+

Step 3: Click on the QSCM Lite icon to go to the QSCM Lite login page

ViStart/ML App Center Applications Surveillance Settings File Station SYSTEMS Control Panel Backup & Expansion myQNAPcloud App Center Quick Start QSCM Lite App Center Network Install Manual QSCM Lite 1.8.19 Open Open

Step 4: The system will automatically redirect to the QSCM Lite login page, and you can log in by using the default username/password (admin/admin).

UiOStor QSCM Lite 10.14 QSCM Lite System Passive Passive of Remember Now

Step 5: The rst page you will see aer logging into QSCM Lite is the live view page. Before you have congured QSCM Lite, no camera feedback will be displayed.

10:65:12 11L/cgi-bin/skip/QCOM -Chamcpm_server.cgi Connect UI View Style Camera Control CPU Fc 2014.05.08 Memory 13:40:39

Step 6: To congure QSCM Lite, go to the conguraon page.
Service Generation Name Form input Form Output Status Information & Status: 3000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 User Account Budget Drive Home User Total User Accounts HVM Connection Form Form Connected Form Documented Connection Type Camera Connection Form Form Connected Data Documented Connection Type HVM System HDD Fated Fair Fated Current Status Online Users Online Office Online Commerce 14:01:46

Step 7: For how to congregate QSCM Lite, please refer to Secon 3.5 Congure CMS Client of the VioStor CMS user manual.

Note:

- VioStor CMS is a high-performance turnkey CMS soluon. The CMS Server supports up to a maximum of 128 mul-server monitoring and management. Users can monitor up to a maximum of 1,024 IP cameras with up to 64 channels per screen. Concurrent independent playback and display controls in four screens are also supported. The CMS Server has the highest compatibility with

the QNAP VioStor NVR series and also supports a variety of brand-name IP cameras.

For detailed VioStor CMS informaon, please refer to:

hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/pro_detail_featurecms.asp?p_id=273

11.3.2 Usability Reminder and Suggestions

- If you have the server performing as both a CMS and NVR server simultaneously, it is strongly recommended to open just one live view page (either QVR 5.0 live view or QSCM Lite live view) at the same me. Otherwise, the CPU and throughput usage of the client PC will double.

- For client PC requirements, please refer the Secon 2.1 Personal Computer Requirements of this user manual.

11.3.3 QSCM Lite Client Specification

- The QSCM Lite client specicaon is mostly synchronized with the VioStor CMS client specicaon.

- The specicaon difference between the QSCM Lite client & VioStor CMS client is subject to change without prior nocaon.

11.4 Comparison between VioStor CMS & QSCM Lite

Comparing ItemsQSCM Lite (App/QPKG)VioStor CMS
Working TypeCMS soluon on QNAP VioStor NVR (with rmware QVR 5.0 and above)Standalone CMS server
Manageable NVRNVR 4.1 (and above)NVR4.1 (and above)
Number of NVRs supported16128
Maximum number of channel supported2561,024
Number of monitors supported48
Maximum number of client registraon32Unlimited
Key FeatureMul-Server EnhancementCentralized Monitoring and Management
  • The QSCM Lite client specicaon is mostly synchronized with the VioStor CMS client specicaon
  • The specicaon difference between the QSCM Lite client & VioStor CMS client is subject to change without prior nocaon.

12. Qstart

12.1 Introduction

Qstart brings two leading-edge innovave features: system inializaon and network switch control. It simplifies system inializaon through automacally assigning default sengs with just a single click. By integrang supported switches, Qstart provides comprehensive network topology and a device list for users to fully manage network health and device status. Qstart integrates the major funcons of PoE switches so users can easily setup camera IPs, manage PoE status and monitor trac ow from the VioStor soware (QVR). The intuitive GUI also allows for precise failure detecon and ecient troublesomeong. Qstart provides users with a refreshing experience when installing and remotely maintaining NVRs.

12.2 Before Using Qstart

  1. All devices including IP cameras, Client PCs, a QNAP VioStor should be connected to the same PoE switch. (VioStor now only supports the scenario of one PoE switch, please avoid cascade PoE cases.)
  2. Do not set your device to a stac IP, including the client PC and the VioStor NVR, DHCP sengs only.
  3. All IP cameras must be set to default for Qstart inializaon.

12.3 System Initialization

To use Qstart, please ensure your inserted hard drives are unallocated.

- Please ensure that you use a supported switch and a VioStor model (please check the compatibility list for more informaon).

  1. Find the VioStor's IP address via QNAP nder.
  2. Connect to the QVR web-based administration page and select Qstart.

Welcome

Thank you for choosing QNAP viostor NVR. Please click

"Manual Setup" below to start installation.

The installation process should take about 10-15 minutes.

depending on the size of your hard drives.

Note: Website installation is for ViStar NVR servers that

already have hard drives installed.

Screenshot of a video editing interface displaying multiple video thumbnails on a tablet, with Chinese text labels visible.

Manual Setup

Quick Setup

Qstart

Ostart

Provides users with a quick & easy NVR installation experience.

Everything related to the initial setup will be automatically processed in a single click.

  1. VioStor will detect if there is a DHCP server on the same LAN.

If a DHCP server is detected, it will proceed to the Quick Setup page.

If not, users will be asked to enable the NVR's DHCP server to start inializaon.

Users can enable the DHCP server by selecng Yes.

  1. TThe Quick Setup page includes basic informaon for both the NVR and devices connected to the switch (including the me zone, name, IP, Disk conguraon, and more.) Conrm that this informaon is correct and proceed to complete the inializaon.

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qstart - 1

Quick Setup

Please review the following settings and click "Proceed" to continue. Don't worry! You can modify these settings later on the NVR administration page.

NVR Name: NVRDFDDB8

Username: admin

Password: ***** (Default password : admin)

IP Address: (DHCP)

Time Zone: (GMT+08:00) Taipei

Date / Time: 2014/08/13 15:3:26

Disk Configuration: Single (Found 1 Disks, Total Storage Capacity: 465.76 GB)

Bad Block Scan: No

CAMERA: Auto configure

Proceed

Cancel

QNAP

VS-6120Pro+

English

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - QNAP - 1

Quick Setup

(1) 2017年1月1日

©

ChannelBrandModelIP AddressMAC Address
1Panasonic iProPanasonic iPro SF334169.254.101.19108:00:23:90:b5:86
2VivotekVivoTek FD7160169.254.101.20000:02:d1:0a:44:c3
3SonySony SNC-DS10169.254.101.18300:1d:ba:4f:5e:8d
4VivotekVivoTek IP8362169.254.101.19600:02:d1:11:28:43
5SonySony SNC-VB600B169.254.241.773c:07:71:1e:36:98
6SonySony SNC-VB630169.254.85.25154:53:ed:f9:19:1e
7VivotekVivoTek FD8136169.254.101.19800:02:d1:18:2d:8d
8SonySony SNC-EM630169.254.206.87d8:d4:3c:13:97:19
9Panasonic iProPanasonic iPro SF135169.254.101.18408:00:23:96:33:5d
10SonySony SNC-EB600B169.254.49.192d8:d4:3c:38:63:6e
11ACTiACTi D61169.254.101.19700:0f:7c:0a:95:57
12SonySony SNC-CS20169.254.101.18500:1d:ba:3f:e3:ed
13Panasonic iProPanasonic iPro SW152169.254.101.18608:00:23:95:a4:8e
14VivotekVivoTek PD8136169.254.101.19900:02:d1:1c:07:0a
15ACTiACTi D11169.254.101.19200:0f:7c:09:21:20
16ACTiACTi E31169.254.101.19000:0f:7c:09:78:19
17Panasonic iProPanasonic iPro SP102169.254.101.19408:00:23:95:a6:a7
18ACTiACTi E41169.254.101.19300:0f:7c:09:ae:bf
19AxisAxis P1357169.254.101.188ac:cc:8e:03:05:d9
20AxisAxis P1355169.254.101.18700:40:8cf:4:cd:d8

Proceed

Cancel

Please note:

  • Users cannot modify network sengs (DHCP/Stac) in Qstart mode.
  • The channel number is based on the port number of the switch. (For example, if a VS-2112 Pro+ connects to a 24-port switch, the table will show channel 1 to channel 24 regardless of the NVR's supported channels.)
  • Default sengs:

  • Selects all supported cameras that are connected to the switch.

  • Auto congure

  • Enter the QVR desktop. The camera overview page and QVR introducon page will appear simultaneously. (The camera overview in front, and the QVR introducon behind it.)

NVIDIA iOS Horizon: You can check the configured cameras, watch the L cap, switch split view watch instant playback, enable double manual recording, and how to download text. Product: You can play recordings & report recordings to the VR or Check PC In not about this again Surveillance Settings Channel Channel1 Camera Settings Camera Options Camera Configurations Event Management User Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Agent Management Surveillance Logo Backup & Expansion Port Service Recovery Management License Management Reg Triz Channel2 Camera 2 173.17.28.14 9 Connected Wire Compression: iOS4 Reputation: 10.28x720/8128x720 Frame Rate: 10.10 Bit Rate: 456.7 Mbps Quality: 98 Box Recording Status: Recording Camera 3 173.17.28.15 1 Connected Wire Compression: Intel XR5 Reputation: VBA Frame Rate: 5.1 Bit Rate: 1.5 Mbps Quality: 5 Standard Recording Status: Recording Camera 4 173.17.28.19 3 Connected Wire Compression: Intel XR5 Reputation: Intel XR5(VBA) Frame Rate: 59.70 Bit Rate: 2.3 Mbps Quality: Level 3 Recording Status: Recording Recording File Size: 2.2 GB Free Disk Space: 436.4 GB XTR: 2015/4/03 13:49:27 CPU capacity: 4PU, Total Bandwidth Shaps: 5 Mbps, Last storage capacity clock, and Jun 3 14:48:28 2019

Please note: The system will enable Qstart once users nish the Qstart inializaon.

12.4 Qstart Mode

Main features:

- Intuitive channel mapping:

The video shown on channel 1 represents the recording view of port 1 to the switch.

● Auto port detecon and conguraon:

If devices are connected to other ports, the system will automatically detect the change and move all sengs (excluding advanced sengs) to the new ports. Users do not have to set it up all over again.

  1. Add a supported camera to the port:

If it is a new camera, the NVR will automatically add it using default sengs.
If it is a camera that has been used before, the NVR will use its previous sengs.

  1. Removing the camera from the port will clear the camera sengs.
  2. Any port changes will be saved in the system logs.

If you want to check Qstart mode, please go to [Surveillance Sengs] ->[Advanced Sengs]->[Qstart Sengs]. Also be sure to use supported switches to enable Qstart mode. The brand and model name will be shown and users can test the conncon.

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privileges Settings Agent Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Enable network intrusion detection Enable network intrusion detection Note: The system will alert users when possible attacks from the network are detected and give recommendation. Protocol Management Specify RTP port range: 6100 ~ 6299 Qstart Settings You can only manage Qstart when using supported switch models and when the DHCP server is detected. Current switch (brand, model): ZyxEL_GS2210-BHP Automatically detect DHCP servers: Yes Test Qstart settings Enable Qstart mode Show Qstart status on the desktop Apply

Qstart mode is enabled by default if users select Qstart during inializaon.

Otherwise it will be disabled. Users can also choose Manual Setup for inializaon if they are not planning to use Qstart. In Qstart mode, you cannot add cameras to specic channels. To get around this limitaon, you must disable Qstart in Advanced Sengs.

Camera Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Protocol Management Surveillance Links Setup & Expansion Recovery Management License Management Channel: In United mode, it's not allowed to add cameras to whether channels are used. For this work is based on the relationship between different port numbers and ports in the system. The chart is designed to create a short file (File 1). Camera 2: Vodak Camera 3: Stry Camera 4: Vodak Camera 5: Stry Camera 6: Stry Camera 7: Vodak Camera 8: Stry Camera 9: Panasonic IPsy Camera 10: Stry Camera 11: ACTI Camera 12: Stry Camera 13: Panasonic IPsy Camera 14: Vodak Camera 15: ACTI Camera 16: ACTI Camera 17: Panasonic IPsy Camera 18: ACTI Camera 19: Aks Camera 20: Aks 168.254.101.101 168.254.101.200 168.254.101.100 168.254.101.100 168.254.101.100 168.254.101.100 168.254.101.100 168.254.101.100 168.254.101.100 SRY/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/FOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/BOX/Box/ Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak Vodak

Please note:

If you enable Qstart mode again, all of your camera sengs will be erased.

Qstart desktop icon

- Provides users with Qstart on/off status on the VioStor desktop.

- Qstart is enabled:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qstart Mode - 3

Qstart is disabled:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Qstart Mode - 4

Users can decide whether to show the icon or not.

Surveillance Settings Monitor Playback Camers Settings Camera Overview Camera Configuration Event Management View Management System Settings Advanced Settings Privilege Settings Agent Management Surveillance Logs Backup & Expansion Push Service Recovery Management License Management Ping Test Enable network intrusion detection Enable network intrusion detection Note: The system will alert users when possible attacks from the network are detected and give recommendation. Protocol Management Specify RTP port range: 6100 ~ 6299 Qstart Settings You can only manage Qstart when using supported switch models and when the DHCP server is detected, Current switch (brand, model): ZyxEL_GS2210-BHP Automatically detect DHCP servers: Yes Test Qstart settings Enable Qstart mode Show Qstart status on the desktop Apply

• Qstart Nocaons allow users to check Qstart on/off logs at the same me.

Qstart Notifications Show All Warning (2) : [Switch] Qstart is enabled 2015-06-03 18:38:55 Warning : [Switch] Qstart is disabled 2015-06-03 18:38:47 Clear All

Please note: VioStor will not only enable Qstart mode but also show the Qstart desktop icon once users nish inializing Qstart.

12.5 Network Switch Control (Embedded)

12.5.1 Topology:

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Topology: - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Port0"] --> B["Port1"]
    B --> C["Port2"]
    C --> D["Port3"]
    D --> E["Port4"]
    E --> F["Port5"]
    F --> G["Port6"]
    G --> H["Port7"]
    H --> I["Port8"]
    I --> J["Port9"]
    J --> K["Port10"]
    K --> L["Port11"]
    L --> M["Port12"]
    M --> N["Port13"]
    N --> O["Port14"]
    O --> P["Port15"]
    P --> Q["Port16"]
    Q --> R["Port17"]
    R --> S["Port18"]
    S --> T["Port19"]
    T --> U["Port20"]
    U --> V["Port21"]
    V --> W["Port22"]
    W --> X["Port23"]
  1. Show the switch's complete conncon relationship
  2. The diagram will display supported switches, cameras, VioStor NVR, and other devices (including PCs, laptops, unsupported switches, and other unknown devices.)

  3. Users can choose dierent ways to display the topology (top/right/le/boom).

  4. Clicking the device's IP address will open that IP address in your browser.
  5. Clicking on a camera will open the camera's sengs page.

12.5.2 Switch Control Chart:

Switch Control Topology Refresh Event Notifications Switch ZyXEL 0:2:10:45P 2 4 6 8 10 10 PPT 10 Console Port Camera No. IP Address MAC Address Transferred Received Link Status / Max UI Consumed CRC Error Duplex Mode Network S. POE Switch Reset Tran... 1 Camera 1 10.65.12.57 00:1d:ba:4f:5e:8d 1.14 GB 265.54 MB on / 100Mbps 5.30 w 0 fullDuplex GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GUND 2 Camera 2 10.65.12.15 10:fc:54:00:85:23 1.15 GB 66.72 MB on / 100Mbps 5.10 w 0 fullDuplex GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND 3 Camera 3 10.65.12.23 08:00:23:95:a4:8e 1.10 GB 2.00 GB on / 100Mbps 1.80 w 0 fullDuplex GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND 4 Camera 4 10.65.12.30 10:fc:54:00:65:f1 1.16 GB 130.31 MB on / 100Mbps 4.30 w 0 fullDuplex GND GND GND GND GND GND 5 -- -- -- -- -- off / 0Mbps 0.00 w 0 halfDuplex GND GND GND GND 6 Camera 6 10.65.12.53 ac:cc:8e:03:05:db 1.33 GB 2.00 GB on / 100Mbps 4.40 w 0 fullDuplex GND GND GND 7 -- -- -- -- -- off / 0Mbps 0.00 w 0 halfDuplex GND GND 8 -- -- -- -- -- off / 0Mbps 0.00 w 0 halfDuplex GND GND 9 -- 10.65.12.60 00:08:9b:d4:37:25 820.99 MB 573.94 MB on / 1000Mbps 0.00 w 0 fullDuplex ON OFF 10 -- -- -- 1.13 GB 1.11 GB on / 1000Mbps 0.00 w 0 fullDuplex ON OFF

This switch control chart includes informaon as follows:

  1. Complete switch informaon table:

Firmware version, IP address, MAC, total power, and remaining power.

  1. Complete port informaon:

Camera name, Device IP, MAC, TX/RX, power consumpon, PoE ability, Network ability.

- Corresponding switch status types: 6 status types, combinaons of Network, PoE and link status. (N: Network, P: PoE, L: Link, Only N is on, then L can be detected as on/o.)

gureNPL
OffOffOff
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Switch Control Chart: - 2OffOnOff
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Switch Control Chart: - 3OnOOff
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Switch Control Chart: - 4OnOnOff
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Switch Control Chart: - 5OnOffOn
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Switch Control Chart: - 6OnOnOn

12.5.3 Event Notifications:

  1. Enter the log list by selecng Event Nocations in Switch Control.

Switch Control Topology Refresh Event Notifications Switch ZyXF1 0:32:18:94P 2 4 4 8 10 LFP 10 Cable 1 2 3 7 9 9 Port Camera No. IP Address MAC Address Transferred Received Link Status / Max Li Consumed CRC Error Duplex Mode Network S... POE Switch Reset Tran... 1 Camera 1 10.65.12.57 00:1d:ba:4f:5e:8d 1.14 GB 265.54 MB on / 100Mbps 5.30 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON 2 Camera 2 10.65.12.15 10:fc:54:00:85:23 1.15 GB 66.72 MB on / 100Mbps 5.10 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON 3 Camera 3 10.65.12.23 08:00:23:95:a4:8e 1.10 GB 2.00 GB on / 100Mbps 1.80 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON 4 Camera 4 10.65.12.39 10:fc:54:00:65:f1 1.16 GB 130.31 MB on / 100Mbps 4.30 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON 5 -- -- -- -- off / 0Mbps 0.00 w 0 halfDuplex ON ON 6 Camera 6 10.65.12.53 ac:cc:8e:03:05:db 1.33 GB 2.00 GB on / 100Mbps 4.40 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON 7 -- -- -- -- off / 0Mbps 0.00 w 0 halfDuplex ON ON 8 -- -- -- -- off / 0Mbps 0.00 w 0 halfDuplex ON ON 9 -- 10.65.12.60 00:08:9b:d4:37:25 820.96 MB 573.94 MB on / 1000Mbps 0.00 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON 10 -- -- -- 1.13 GB 1.11 GB on / 1000Mbps 0.00 w 0 fullDuplex ON ON

This table shows behaviors relevant to the switch only. Users can keep track of the situation between the switch and the devices linked to it.

System Logs System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users All events Save Type Data Time Users IP Computer name Content 2014-10-31 14:52:07 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 26 link status up 2014-10-31 14:52:01 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 19 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:02 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 18 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:44 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 17 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:37 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 16 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:21 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 15 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:21 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 14 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:14 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 13 link status up 2014-10-31 14:51:07 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 12 link status up 2014-10-31 14:50:39 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 11 link status up 2014-10-31 14:50:35 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 26 link status down 2014-10-31 14:50:31 adults 10.65.12.20 — Switch port 19 link status down H | Page | / | / | H | Display item: 1-50, Totals: 917 | Show 50 | Items

13.1.1 Compatibility List:

BrandModel
NVRQNAPVS-6120 Pro+/ 6116 Pro+/ 6112 Pro+VS-4116 Pro+/ 4112 Pro+/ 4108 Pro+VS-2112 Pro+/ 2108 Pro+/ 2104 Pro+
SwitchZyXELGS2210-24HPGS2210-8HP
EtherWANEX76402EX22402
etenPSG-6010VMPSG-6018VMPSG-7026VM
IP CameraAXIS、ACTi、SONY、Panasonic、VIVOTEK

Please note: The performance of Qstart will vary across dierent switch brands. If you have any quesons, please contact our technical support for more informaon.

14. LCD Panel

* This secon is applicable to the NVR models with an LCD panel only.

The NVR provides a handy LCD panel for users to perform the disk conguraon and view the system informaon.

When the NVR has started up, the server name and the IP address will be shown:

NVR5F4DE3
169.254.100.100

For the rst me installaon, the LCD panel shows the number of the hard disk drives detected and the IP address. Congure the hard drives accordingly.

Number of hard drives detectedDefault disk conguraonAvailable disk conguraon opons*
1SingleSingle
2RAID 1Single -> JBOD ->RAID 0 -> RAID 1
3RAID 5Single -> JBOD -> RAID 0 -> RAID 5
4 or aboveRAID 5Single ->JBOD -> RAID 0 -> RAID 5-> RAID 6

*Press the 'Select' buon to choose the opon, and press the 'Enter' buon to conrm.

For example, when ve hard drives have been installed, the LCD panel shows:

Config.Disks?
RAID5

Press the 'Select' buon to browse more opons, e.g. RAID 6.

Press the 'Enter' buon and the following message shows. Press the 'Select' buon to select 'Yes' to conrm.

ChooseRAID5?
YesNo

When the conguraon has nished, the server name and the IP address will be shown. If the NVR fails to create the disk volume, the following message will be shown.

Creating...
RAID5Failed

View the system informaon by the LCD panel

When the LCD panel shows the server name and the IP address, press the 'Enter' buon to enter the Main Menu. The Main Menu consists of the following items:

  1. TCP/IP
  2. Physical disk
  3. Volume
  4. System
  5. Shut down
  6. Reboot
  7. Password
  8. Back

1. TCP/IP

In TCP/IP, the following opons are available:

1.1 LAN IP Address
1.2 LAN Subnet Mask
1.3 LAN Gateway
1.4 LAN PRI. DNS
1.5 LAN SEC. DNS
1.6 Enter Network Sengs

1.6.1 Network Sengs - DHCP
1.6.2 Network Sengs – Stac IP*
1.6.3 Network Sengs – BACK

1.7 Back to Main Menu

* In ‘Network Sengs – Stac IP’, congregate the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and the DNS of LAN 1 and LAN 2.

2. Physical disk

In Physical disk, the following opons are available:

2.1 Disk Info
2.2 Back to Main Menu

The disk info shows the temperature and the capacity of the hard disk drive.

Disk:1Temp:50°C
Size:232GB

3. Volume

This secon shows the disk conguraon of the NVR. The rst line shows the RAID conguraon and storage capacity; the second line shows the member drive number of the conguraon.

RAID5750GB
Drive1234

If there is more than one volume, press the 'Select' buon to view the informaon. The following table shows the descripon of the LCD messages for the RAID 5 conguraon.

LCD DisplayDrive conguraon
RAID5+SRAID5+spare
RAID5 (D)RAID 5 degraded mode
RAID 5 (B)RAID 5 rebuilding
RAID 5 (S)RAID 5 re-synchronizing
RAID 5 (U)RAID 5 is not mounted
RAID 5 (X)RAID 5 non-acvated

4. System

This secon shows the system temperature and the rotaon speed of the system fan.

CPUTemp:50°C
SysTemp:55°C
SysFan:865RPM

5. Shut down

Use this opon to turn o the NVR. Press the 'Select' buon to select 'Yes'. Then press the 'Enter' buon to conrm.

6. Reboot

Use this opon to restart the NVR. Press the 'Select' buon to select 'Yes'. Then press the 'Enter' buon to conrm.

7. Password

The default password of the LCD panel is blank. Enter this opon to change the password of the LCD panel. Select 'Yes' to connue.

ChangePassword
YesNo

Enter a password of maximum 8 numeric characters (0-9). When the cursor moves to 'OK', press the 'Enter' buon. Verify the password to conrm the changes.

NewPassword:
OK

8. Back

Select this opon to return to the main menu.

System Messages

When the NVR encounters system error, an error message will be shown on the LCD panel. Press the 'Enter' buon to view the message. Press the 'Enter' buon again to view the next message.

SystemError!
Pls.CheckLogs
System MessageDescripon
Sys. Fan FailedThe system fan fails
Sys. OverheatThe system overheats
HDD OverheatThe hard drive overheats
CPU OverheatThe CPU overheats
Network LostBoth LAN 1 and LAN 2 are disconnected in failover or load-balancing mode
LAN1 LostLAN 1 is disconnected
LAN2 LostLAN 2 is disconnected
HDD FailureThe hard drive fails
Vol1 FullThe volume is full
HDD EjectedThe hard drive is ejected
Vol1 DegradedThe volume is in degraded mode
Vol1 UnmountedThe volume is not mounted
Vol1 NonacvateThe volume is not acvated

15. Troubleshooting

1. The monitoring screen did not display.

Please check the following:

a. Check if the AcveX add-on has been installed when logging in the monitoring page of the NVR. Set the security level to 'Medium' or lower in Internet Opons of the IE browser.
b. The NVR is turned on and the network is correctly connected.
c. The IP address of the NVR does not conict with other devices in the same subnet.
d. Check the IP address settings of the NVR and the computer. Make sure they are on the same subnet.

2. A channel on the monitoring page cannot be displayed.

Please check the following:

a. The IP address, the name, and the password entered on the camera conguraon page are correct. Use the 'Test' funcon to verify the conncon.
b. When the PC and the IP camera are on the same subnet, while the NVR is on another subnet, the monitoring screen cannot be viewed from the PC. Solve the problems by the following methods.
Method 1: Enter the IP address of the IP camera as the WAN IP on the NVR. Method 2: Congure the router to allow internal access to the public IP address and the mapped ports of the IP cameras.

3. The recording is not working properly.

a. Install the hard drive(s) correctly in the NVR.
b. Make sure each hard disk tray is correctly locked.
c. Check if the recording funcon is enabled on the Camera Conguraon page (the funcon is enabled by default). Make sure the IP address, the login name, and the password of the IP camera are correct.
d. If the above items are verified to work properly while the status LED ashes green, the hard drive may be damaged or cannot be detected. In this case, turn o the NVR and install a new hard disk. If the problem persists, please

contact the technical support.

Note: When the conguraons of the NVR are being updated, the recording will be stopped temporarily and restart again shortly.

4. I cannot login the administraon page of the NVR.

Please check if you have the administrator authority. Only administrators are allowed to login the NVR.

5. The live video is not clear or smooth somemes.

a. The image quality may be restricted and interfered by the network trac.
b. When there are mulple conncons to the IP camera or the NVR, the image quality will be reduced. It is recommended to allow only three simultaneous conncons to the monitoring page at maximum. For higher recording performance, do not open too many IE browsers to view the live video.
c. The same IP camera may be shared by mulple NVR servers for recording at the same me.

6. The alarm recording does not funcon.

a. Please login the NVR and go to 'Camera Setngs' > 'Alarm Sengs'. Make sure the alarm recording is enabled for the IP camera.
b. If the NVR is installed behind a router while the IP camera is not, the alarm recording will not work.
c. When the alarm recording is enabled, make sure the number of days that the alarm recordings will be retained have been specied in 'Camera Sengs' > 'Advanced Setngs'. Otherwise, the recordings may be overwrien.

7. The estimated storage space for recording displayed on the 'Recording Sengs' page is dierent from the actual value.

This esmated value is a reference value only. The actual disk space may vary according to the image contents, the network environment, and the performance of the IP cameras.

8. The E-map cannot be displayed correctly.

Please check the le format. The NVR supports E-map in JPEG only.

9. I cannot nd the NVR by the QNAP Finder.

a. Check if the NVR has been turned on.
b. Connect the local PC and the NVR to the same subnet.
c. Install the latest version of Finder from www.qnapsecurity.com.
d. Run Finder again to search for the NVR. Make sure all the rewall software on the computer have been turned o; or add the Finder to the list of allowed programs in the rewall.
e. If the NVR is not found, click 'Refresh' on the Finder to try again.
f. If the problem persists, contact the technical support.

10. The changes to the system configuraon did not take eect.

Aer changing the sengs on the administration page, click 'Apply' to apply the changes.

11. The monitoring page cannot be fully displayed in Internet Explorer.

When using the zooming funcon of Internet Explorer, the page may not be displayed properly. Please click F5 to refresh the page.

12. I cannot use the SMB, FTP, and Web File Manager services of the NVR.

a. Login the NVR as an administrator. Go to 'Network Sengs' > 'File Services' and check if these three funcons are enabled.
b. If the NVR is installed behind a router, the SMB and FTP services can only be accessed from the same subnet. Please refer to Appendix B for details.

13. The NVR takes too long to restart.

When the NVR takes more than 5 minutes to restart, turn o the power and turn on the server again. If the problem persists, please contact the technical support.

Appendix A Configuration Examples

Environment 1: The NVR, the IP camera, and the monitoring PC are all on the same network

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Appendix A Configuration Examples - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["IP Camera"] --> B["NVR"]
    B --> C["LAN"]
    C --> D["Server"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
IP address
NVR192.168.1.1
PC192.168.1.100
Camera 1192.168.1.101
Camera 2192.168.1.102
Camera 3192.168.1.103

In the example, add the IP cameras to the NVR by entering the IP addresses of the IP cameras.

Environment 2: The NVR and the IP camera are installed behind the router, while the monitoring PC is located remotely

QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Appendix A Configuration Examples - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["IP Camera"] --> B["LAN"]
    B --> C["NVR Server"]
    C --> D["Office"]
    D --> E["Router"]
    E --> F["Internet"]
    F --> G["Home"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
IP addressMapped port on the router
NVR192.168.1.18000
Camera 1192.168.1.1018001
Camera 2192.168.1.1028002
Camera 3192.168.1.1038003
Router public IP219.87.144.205
PC10.8.10.100

To allow a remote PC to connect to the NVR and the IP cameras, do the following:

Step 1. Set up the port mapping (virtual server) on the router.

FromForward to
219.87.144.205:8000192.168.1.1:80
219.87.144.205:8001192.168.1.101:80
219.87.144.205:8002192.168.1.102:80
219.87.144.205:8003192.168.1.103:80

Step 2. Add the IP camera to the NVR by entering the IP address of the IP camera in the 'IP Address' sengs. Enter the public IP address of the router and the mapped ports of the IP camera in the 'WAN IP Address' sengs.

Note: When conguring the IP camera, the WAN IP and LAN IP must be entered.

To open FTP (port 21) and SMB (port 445) of the NVR on WAN, congregate the following port mapping sengs:

FromForward to
219.87.144.205:21192.168.1.1:21
219.87.144.205:139192.168.1.1:139
219.87.144.205:445192.168.1.1:445

Aer nishing the above two steps, connect to the NVR on WAN by entering the IP address hp://219.87.144.205:8000 in the IE browser. Then login the NVR with the correct user name and password.

If the port specified to the NVR is 80, enter hp://219.87.144.205 to connect to the NVR.

Note: If the router does not use a xed IP, congure the DDNS sengs on the router. Other conguraons are the same as above.

Environment 3: The NVR and the IP camera are all located remotely
QNAP VS-8224 Pro+ - Appendix A Configuration Examples - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["NVR"] --> B["Headquarters"]
    C["IP Cameras"] --> D["Asian Office"]
    E["American Office"] --> F["Internet or VPN"]
    B --> D
    D --> F
IP address
NVR219.87.144.205
Camera 161.62.100.101
Camera 261.62.100.102
Camera 361.62.100.103

In this example, add the IP camera to the NVR by adding its IP address to the 'IP Address' sengs.

Note: If a parcular port is assigned to connect to the IP camera, specify the port in the system conguraon.

Environment 4: The NVR and the IP camera are installed behind the router

IP address
NVR 1192.168.1.101
NVR 2192.168.1.102
NVR 3192.168.1.103
Router public IP219.87.145.205

In the example, to allow a remote PC to connect to each NVR by FTP, do the following:

Step 1. Set up the port mapping (virtual server) on the router

FromForward to
NVR 1219.87.145.205:2001192.168.1.101:21
NVR 2219.87.145.205:2002192.168.1.102:21
NVR 3219.87.145.205:2003192.168.1.103:21

Connect to NVR 1 by p://219.87.145.205:2001

Connect to NVR 2 by p://219.87.145.205:2002

Connect to NVR 3 by p://219.87.145.205:2003

Step 2. Enable FTP port mapping on the NVR

To connect to each NVR via FTP by clicking 'FTP' on the playback page of each NVR, enable FTP port mapping in 'Network Sengs' > 'File Services' on the system administraon page and set the mapped port number.

Mapped port
NVR 12001
NVR 22002
NVR 32003

Aer nishing the above two steps, connect to the NVR via FTP by entering the IP address in the IE browser or clicking 'FTP' on the playback page. Then login the NVR by the correct user name and password.

Technical Support

QNAP provides dedicated online support and customer service via instant messenger.

Online Support: hp://www.qnapsecurity.com/onlinesupport.asp

Facebook: hps://www.facebook.com/nvr.qnap

Forum: hp://forum.qnapsecurity.com

Technical Support in the USA and Canada:

Email: q_supportus@qnap.com

TEL: +1-909-595-2782

Address: 168 University Parkway, Pomona CA 91768

Service Hours: 08:00-17:00 (GMT- 08:00 Pacic Time, Monday to Friday)

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

Version 3, 29 June 2007

Copyright © 2007 Free Soware Foundaon, Inc.

Everyone is permied to copy and distribute verbam copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

Preamble

The GNU General Public License is a free, copyle license for soware and other kinds of works.

The licenses for most soware and other praccal works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free soware for all its users. We, the Free Soware Foundaon, use the GNU General Public License for most of our soware; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.

When we speak of free soware, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free soware (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the soware or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the soware, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gras or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show

them these terms so they know their rights.

Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the soware, and (2) oer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

For the developers' and authors' protecon, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free soware. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be aributed erroneously to authors of previous versions.

Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the soware inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecng users' freedom to change the soware. The systemac paern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the pracce for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

Finally, every program is threatened constantly by soware patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of soware on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it eecvely proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribuon and modicaon follow.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

0. Denions.

'This License' refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

'Copyright' also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks.

'The Program' refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as 'you'. 'Licensees' and 'recipients' may be individuals or

organizaons.

To ‘modify’ a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a ‘modified version’ of the earlier work or a work ‘based on’ the earlier work.

A ‘covered work’ means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program.

To ‘propagate’ a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except execung it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagaon includes copying, distribuon (with or without modicaon), making available to the public, and in some countries other advies as well.

To ‘convey’ a work means any kind of propagaon that enables other pares to make or receive copies. Mere interacon with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

An interactive user interface displays ‘Appropriate Legal Noces’ to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright noce, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranes are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or opons, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

1. Source Code.

The ‘source code’ for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modicaons to it. ‘Object code’ means any non-source form of a work.

A ‘Standard Interface’ means an interface that either is an ofcial standard dened by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language.

The ‘System Libraries’ of an executable work include anything, other than the work

as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A 'Major Component', in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

The ‘Corresponding Source’ for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those advies. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those advies but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface denion les associated with source les for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by inmate data communicaon or control ow between those subprograms and other parts of the work.

The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automacally from other parts of the Corresponding Source.

The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work.

2. Basic Permissions.

All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly arms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without condions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modicaons exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you

do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direcon and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

Conveying under any other circumstances is permied solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; secon 10 makes it unnecessary.

No covered work shall be deemed part of an eecve technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligaons under arcle 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restrictive circumvenon of such measures.

When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvenon of technological measures to the extent such circumvenon is elected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intenon to limit operaon or modicaon of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third pares' legal rights to forbid circumvenon of technological measures.

4. Conveying Verbam Copies.

You may convey verbam copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright noce; keep intact all noces stang that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with secon 7 apply to the code; keep intact all noces of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may oer support or warranty protecon for a fee.

5. Conveying Modied Source Versions.

You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modicaons to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of secon 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

a) The work must carry prominent noces stang that you modified it, and giving a

relevant date.

b) The work must carry prominent noces stang that it is released under this License and any condions added under secon 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in secon 4 to 'keep intact all notices'.
c) You must license the enre work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable secon 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interact user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Noces; however, if the Program has interact interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Noces, your work need not make them do so.

A compilaon of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribuon medium, is called an ‘aggregate’ if the compilaon and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilaon's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.

  1. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of seconds 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways:

a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribuon medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source xed on a durable physical medium customarily used for soware interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribuon medium), accompanied by a wrien oer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you oer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the soware in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for soware interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written order to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternate is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an order, in accord with subsecond 6b.
d) Convey the object code by oering access from a designated place (gras or for a charge), and oer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a dierent server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear direcons next to the object code saying where to nd the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to sasfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being oered to the general public at no charge under subsecon 6d.

A separable poron of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work.

A ‘User Product’ is either (1) a ‘consumer product’, which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporaon into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubul cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a parcular product received by a parcular user, ‘normally used’ refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the parcular user or of the way in which the parcular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product.

'Installaon Informaon' for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorizaon keys, or other informaon required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The informaon must suce to ensure that the connued funconing of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modicaon has been made.

If you convey an object code work under this secon in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transacon in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a xed term (regardless of how the transacon is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this secon must be accompanied by the Installaon Informaon. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM).

The requirement to provide Installaon Informaon does not include a requirement to connue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modicaon itself materially and adversely aects the operaon of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communicaon across the network.

Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installaon Informaon provided, in accord with this secon must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementaon available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying.

7. Additional Terms.

'Additional permissions' are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the enre Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the enre Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions.

When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your opon remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a

covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

a) Disclaiming warranty or liming liability dierently from the terms of seconds 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservaon of specied reasonable legal noces or author aribuons in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Noces displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibing misrepresentaon of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as dierent from the original version; or
d) Liming the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnicaon of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors.

All other non-permissive additional terms are considered ‘further restricons’ within the meaning of secon 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a noce stang that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restricon, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restricon but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restricon does not survive such relicensing or conveying.

If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this secon, you must place, in the relevant source les, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those les, or a noce indicang where to nd the applicable terms.

Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as excepons; the above requirements apply either way.

8. Terminaon.

You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any aempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will

automacally terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of secon 11).

However, if you cease all violaon of this License, then your license from a parcular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and unl the copyright holder explicitly and nally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to nofy you of the violaon by some reasonable means prior to 60 days aer the cessaon.

Moreover, your license from a parcular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder noes you of the violaon by some reasonable means, this is the rst me you have received noce of violaon of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violaon prior to 30 days aer your receipt of the noce.

Terminaon of your rights under this secon does not terminate the licenses of pares who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under secon 10.

9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagaon of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These acons infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagang a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

10. Automac Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

Each me you convey a covered work, the recipient automacally receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third pares with this License.

An ‘enty transacon’ is a transacon transferring control of an organizaon, or substanally all assets of one, or subdividing an organizaon, or merging organizaons. If propagaon of a covered work results from an enty transacon,

each party to that transacon who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable eorts.

You may not impose any further restricons on the exercise of the rights granted or armed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate ligaon (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, oering for sale, or imporng the Program or any poron of it.

11. Patents.

A ‘contributor’ is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's ‘contributor version’.

A contributor's ‘essenal patent claims’ are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereaer acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permied by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modicaon of the contributor version. For purposes of this denion, ‘control’ includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License.

Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essenal patent claims, to make, use, sell, oer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version.

In the following three paragraphs, a ‘patent license’ is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to pracce a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To ‘grant’ such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.

If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the

Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benet of the patent license for this parcular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. 'Knowingly relying' means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more idenable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid.

If, pursuant to or in conneccon with a single transacon or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the pares receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specic copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it.

A patent license is ‘discriminatory’ if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is condioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distribung soware, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your acvity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the pares who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in conncon with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in conncon with speci products or compilaons that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or liming any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

If condions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the condions of this License, they do not excuse you from the

conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to sasfy simultaneously your obligaons under this License and any other pernent obligaons, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could sasfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain enrely from conveying the Program.

13. Use with the GNU Aero General Public License.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Aero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will connue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Aero General Public License, secon 13, concerning interacon through a network will apply to the combinaon as such.

14. Revised Versions of this License.

The Free Soware Foundaon may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from me to me. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.

Each version is given a disguishing version number. If the Program species that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License ‘or any later version’ applies to it, you have the opon of following the terms and condions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Soware Foundaon. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Soware Foundaon.

If the Program species that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.

Later license versions may give you additional or dierent permissions. However, no additional obligaons are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version.

15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT

HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM 'AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

16. Limitaon of Liability.

IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

17. Interpretaon of Secons 15 and 16.

If the disclaimer of warranty and limitaon of liability provided above cannot be given local legal eect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in conneccon with the Program, unless a warranty or assumpon of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : QNAP

Model : VS-8224 Pro+

Category : Video recorder